Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

  For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 0-28000

 

 

PRGX Global, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Georgia   58-2213805
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
600 Galleria Parkway   30339-5986
Suite 100   (Zip Code)
Atlanta, Georgia  
(Address of principal executive offices)  

Registrant's telephone number, including area code : (770) 779-3900

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, No Par Value   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (The Nasdaq Global Market)
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (The Nasdaq Global Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Note —Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

¨     Large accelerated filer     x     Accelerated filer     ¨     Non-accelerated filer     ¨     Small reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value, as of June 30, 2011, of common shares of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $141.9 million, based upon the last sales price reported that date on The Nasdaq Global Market of $7.15 per share. (Aggregate market value is estimated solely for the purposes of this report and shall not be construed as an admission for the purposes of determining affiliate status.)

Common shares of the registrant outstanding as of February 27, 2012 were 25,088,505.

 

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Part III: Portions of Registrant's Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PRGX Global, Inc.

FORM 10-K

December 31, 2011

 

         Page  
Part I     

Item 1.

 

Business

     1   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     11   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     18   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     18   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     18   

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     18   
Part II     

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     19   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     21   

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     23   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     38   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     39   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     71   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     71   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     72   
Part III     

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     73   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     73   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     74   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     75   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountants’ Fees and Services

     75   
Part IV     

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     76   

Signatures

     81   


Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

The following discussion includes “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are at times identified by words such as “plans,” “intends,” “expects,” or “anticipates” and words of similar effect and include statements regarding the Company’s financial and operating plans and goals. These forward-looking statements include any statements that cannot be assessed until the occurrence of a future event or events. Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, “PRGX,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to PRGX Global, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to those discussed herein and below under Item 1A “ Risk Factors .” Many of these risks are outside of our control and could cause actual results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could lead to material changes in our performance may include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our ability to successfully execute our recovery audit growth strategy;

 

   

our continued dependence on our largest clients for significant revenues;

 

   

changes to Medicare and Medicaid recovery audit contractor (“RAC”) programs and the impact of our incurring significant costs as a subcontractor in the national Medicare RAC program and otherwise in connection with our healthcare claims recovery audit business;

 

   

revenues that do not meet expectations or justify costs incurred;

 

   

our ability to develop material sources of new revenue in addition to revenues from our core accounts payable recovery audit services;

 

   

changes to revenues from our Medicare audit recovery work due to a number of pressures and uncertainties affecting Medicare spending generally and over which we have little or no control;

 

   

changes in the market for our services;

 

   

client and vendor bankruptcies and financial difficulties;

 

   

our ability to retain and attract qualified personnel;

 

   

our inability to protect and maintain the competitive advantage of our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights;

 

   

our reliance on operations outside the U.S. for a significant portion of our revenues;

 

   

the highly competitive environments in which our recovery audit services and analytics and advisory services businesses operate and the resulting pricing pressure on those businesses;

 

   

our ability to integrate recent and future acquisitions;

 

   

uncertainty in the global credit markets;

 

   

our ability to maintain compliance with our financial covenants;

 

   

a cyber-security incident involving the misappropriation, loss or unauthorized disclosure or use of confidential information of our clients;

 

   

effects of changes in accounting policies, standards, guidelines or principles; or

 

   

terrorist acts, acts of war and other factors over which we have little or no control.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for management to predict all such factors.

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. Business

PRGX Global, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is an analytics-powered information and professional services firm based in the United States of America (“U.S.”). PRGX Global, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Georgia in 1996. At the heart of our client services portfolio is the core capability of mining client data to deliver “actionable insights.” Actionable insights allow our clients to improve their financial performance by reducing costs, improving business processes and increasing profitability. In 2010, we rebranded the Company as “PRGX” and adopted the tagline “Discover Your Hidden Profits.”

We currently provide services to clients in 38 countries, and conduct our operations through three reportable operating segments: Recovery Audit Services — Americas, Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific and New Services. The Recovery Audit Services — Americas segment represents recovery audit services (other than healthcare claims recovery audit services) we provide in the U.S., Canada and Latin America. The Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific segment represents recovery audit services (other than healthcare claims recovery audit services) we provide in Europe, Asia and the Pacific region. The New Services segment represents healthcare claims recovery audit services and our analytics and advisory services. We report the unallocated portion of corporate selling, general and administrative expenses not specifically attributable to the three operating segments in Corporate Support. For additional financial information relating to our reporting segments, see Note 4 — Operating Segments and Related Information of our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Our core business is “recovery audit,” a service based on the mining of a tremendous amount of our clients’ purchasing data, looking for overpayments to their third-party suppliers. Most of our large retail clients in mature geographic markets employ their own internal staff to audit and recover overpayments to suppliers, engaging us as a supplement to this internal function. For other clients, including some large and mid-size retailers and our “commercial” (non-retail) clients, we serve as the complete outsourced provider of this standard function. We process over 1.5 million client files each year, including purchase orders, receipt and shipment data, invoices, payables data and point of sales data, and, at any point in time, have over 6 petabytes of client data available for analysis.

Our healthcare claims recovery audit services involve the identification of overpayments and underpayments made to healthcare providers such as hospitals and physicians’ practices. We identify such improper payments by using various methods, including proprietary methods which are comparable to the proprietary techniques we developed through many years of performing other types of recovery audits involving massive volumes of transaction data. Auditing medical claims data requires that we maintain a staff of healthcare professionals with in-depth expertise in healthcare procedures and billing processes.

Our analytics and advisory services target client functional and process areas where we have established expertise, enabling us to provide services to senior finance executives to optimize working capital, reduce enterprise costs, transform the finance function and improve corporate performance. Recovery audit services operate in a mindset of continuous improvement, i.e., reporting on the over-payment “categories” and their root causes. Our advisory services teams are well-positioned to help clients resolve many of the root causes of errors identified as part of our recovery audit services. Our analytics services teams enhance our client value propositions relating to spend analytics and sourcing/procurement excellence. We use the data from our clients to create spend reporting at the line-item level of detail, a capability that many of our clients do not possess in-house. This information enables us to assist clients with supplier rationalization, collaborative purchasing, strategic sourcing and procurement transformation, all of which can dramatically enhance the clients’ bottom lines.

We provide certain of our insights through web-based technologies using the “SaaS” (software as a service) delivery model. Our SaaS model uses a periodic license fee allowing customers to tailor service levels such as frequency of data refresh and scope of reporting outputs. Our range of software-based solutions extends to fraud prevention and compliance reporting, control monitoring and contract management. As our clients’ data volumes and complexity levels continue to grow, we are using our deep data management experience to incubate new actionable insight solutions in retail and healthcare, as well as to develop custom analytics services. Taken together, our software capability and solutions provide multiple routes to helping our clients achieve greater profitability.

 

1


Table of Contents

The PRGX Strategy and Client Value Propositions

During 2009, our executive management team performed an extensive review of our competitive advantages and marketplace opportunities and developed a revised business strategy for growth. The five components of this growth strategy are:

 

  1. grow the accounts payable recovery audit business;
  2. trailblaze accountability in healthcare;
  3. expand data mining for profitability;
  4. broaden our services footprint; and
  5. build a strong team with a high-performance culture.

These elements of our growth strategy represent our plans to reinvigorate our core business while significantly expanding our services portfolio. The go-to-market strategy is built on a competency foundation that includes data mining, audit/forensics capabilities, finance and procure-to-pay business process expertise, and a proprietary business intelligence platform. We now refer to these as our core capabilities of “Audit, Analytics and Advice.” We believe that we can combine these core capabilities effectively to discover and deliver hidden profits for our clients, enabling the creation of a new service category in the professional services marketplace: Profit Discovery .

We have identified five major routes to discover profits for clients, each of which we refer to as a Client Value Proposition, or “CVP.” These CVPs represent our services portfolio, and we discuss them within the descriptions of the various planks of our growth strategy below.

Grow the Accounts Payable Recovery Audit Business

The “Grow the Accounts Payable Recovery Audit Business” component of our business strategy is focused on expanding our traditional stronghold in recovery audit in the retail industry, along with a renewed focus on profitably delivering recovery audit services to non-retail (or what we internally refer to as “commercial”) clients.

To facilitate growth in the accounts payable recovery audit market, we have reintroduced a dedicated sales force. In addition, we have increased our focus on the quality of our client relationships and management of our existing client accounts. We also have established alliance agreements with several third-party service providers to allow us to offer our clients a comprehensive suite of recovery audit services beyond accounts payable to include tax, real estate, and telecommunications audits. The new service offerings made possible by these alliance partners broaden the scope of audits with existing clients, and we expect them to help us establish new client relationships and business opportunities around the globe. With a keen focus on business development and audit strategy, we succeeded in growing our recovery audit business in 2011 for the first year-over-year increase in revenues since 2002. We believe we will continue to grow recovery audit revenues in 2012.

Next-Generation Recovery Audit , one of our five Customer Value Propositions, aims to build on these improvements by delivering a better recovery audit service to our clients. We have completed the initial development of our Next-Generation Recovery Audit business model and implemented it in several client teams in 2011. Through this model, we are introducing innovation in best practices for recovery audit, increasing the quality and consistency of service and implementing sophisticated central data storage, audit technologies and tools. These improvements also enabled us to lower our cost of delivering our services in 2011, and we believe that we will realize further improvements in 2012.

Key to serving clients more efficiently and cost-effectively under our Next-Generation Recovery Audit service delivery model is success in our offshoring initiative. In 2010, we established our operations in Pune, India, and now have over 140 employees in India, providing business analytics, information technology and other support services to our client teams in other parts of the world. By lowering our cost of delivery, we are significantly expanding the addressable target market for our recovery audit services. Historically, much of our recovery audit focus has been on clients in the retail industry due to the enormous volumes of transactions engaged in by these clients. With the improvements in our service delivery model that we are building into Next-Generation Recovery Audit, we believe we can compete more effectively in our core retail market, and also can profitably expand our service offerings to industries such as manufacturing, energy, financial institutions and transportation and logistics. We further enhanced our capabilities in this area with our December 2011 acquisition of Business Strategy, Inc. (“BSI”). We acquired BSI for the scale and efficiencies we believe it will deliver to us in the commercial recovery audit arena. Building on this acquisition, we are now creating a world-class shared service center in Grand Rapids, Michigan.

 

2


Table of Contents

Trailblaze Accountability in Healthcare

The primary focus of our Healthcare Claims Recovery Audit services to date has been the auditing of Medicare spending as part of the legislatively mandated Medicare recovery audit contractor (“RAC”) program of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), the federal agency that administers the Medicare program. From March 2005 through March 2008, we were one of three recovery audit contractors that participated in CMS’s Medicare RAC demonstration project. Under the demonstration project, we were responsible for auditing Medicare spending in the State of California. Two other contractors were responsible for auditing Medicare spending in Florida and New York. Under CMS’s national Medicare RAC program, we are operating as a subcontractor in three of the national Medicare RAC program’s four geographic regions. The principal services we provide as part of the Medicare RAC program involve the identification of overpayments and underpayments made by Medicare to healthcare providers, such as hospitals and physicians’ practices. We identify such improper payments by using various methods, including proprietary methods that are comparable to the proprietary techniques we developed through many years of performing other types of recovery audits involving massive volumes of transaction data.

Our second Customer Value Proposition, Healthcare Claims Recovery Audit , drives our growth strategy in healthcare — to execute with excellence our role in the Medicare RAC program, and leverage our healthcare services infrastructure to expand recovery audit services to other healthcare payers. We have invested heavily in the infrastructure and tools required to execute our Medicare RAC program subcontracts and believe much of this infrastructure can be applied to the audit of medical claims paid by other healthcare payers.

As a result of health care reform in the U.S., as reflected in the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, which became law in 2010, recovery auditing of medical claims is now mandated for state Medicaid programs. As the opportunities to serve these state Medicaid programs emerge, we are focusing our efforts on opportunities where our capabilities are a good match for the scope and administration of a state’s Medicaid program. With these filters in place, we have already selectively competed in a number of state Medicaid procurements. We were awarded the Medicaid RAC contract for the State of Mississippi and have begun associated audit activities. We also were recently notified that we have been awarded the Medicaid RAC contract for an additional state, but the contract is not yet in place.

In addition to audits of medical claims under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we believe that private payers, including health insurance companies, represent a significant opportunity for our recovery audit services, and that we are well-positioned to further grow our healthcare claims recovery audit business by focusing on the private payer market. We currently are focusing our sales capabilities on the numerous opportunities for sales of healthcare claims recovery auditing on behalf of government entities and plan to expand this focus to include private payers and self-insured employers.

Expand Data Mining for Profitability

In 2010, we launched Profit Optimization, an integrated set of analytics and advisory services across drivers of client profitability other than the recovery of overpayments. Our current Profit Optimization CVPs are Spend Optimization, Fraud Prevention & Compliance, and Profit Performance Optimization. We continue to enhance our client value proposition around spend analytics and sourcing/procurement excellence. In our third CVP, Spend Optimization , we analyze line-item purchasing detail and provide insights from that analysis to our clients. This information enables our clients to better manage their businesses by improving their ability to bundle their spend dollars, source their direct and indirect goods globally, negotiate better terms with their suppliers and vendors, organize their procurement organizations and implement better internal processes and controls.

Our fourth CVP, Fraud Prevention & Compliance , leverages the unique insights we gain from working closely with our clients in finance, audit and loss prevention and the sophisticated proprietary audit tools we use to mine clients’ data to discover where there is a risk of fraud or abuse. Through these services, we help clients protect their organization’s assets, and our reports document and record their proactive efforts to develop an effective fraud management program that anticipates, prevents, detects and remedies fraud and abuse.

 

3


Table of Contents

Broaden Our Services Footprint

Senior executives of complex organizations regularly require external help to identify and maximize profit improvement opportunities. Our advisory services combine data analytics with deep functional expertise and a practical hands-on approach to help these client executives improve their operating margins.

Profit Performance Optimization , our fifth CVP, leverages these capabilities and our long-standing client relationships by providing services including working capital optimization, corporate performance management, enterprise cost reduction and finance transformation to senior finance executives. These services focus on improving the profitability of our clients’ procure-to-pay cycle and on merchandise optimization.

Build a Strong Team with a High-Performance Culture

The final element of our strategy is to become a magnet for global talent and expertise relevant to our service lines and operations. As part of our overall transformation, we are building a culture of results-oriented performance and collaboration, and an environment that promotes innovation and knowledge sharing. This transformation is crucial to ensure that we capture, understand, and deploy the very best practices consistently across every client globally. In addition, we have maintained our increased focus on recruiting as is evident by our recent hiring of several managing directors in our analytics and advisory service line and senior leadership in our healthcare claims recovery audit service line. The success of our growth strategy is predicated on continuously improving the capabilities of our client-facing personnel who identify the levers to add to clients’ profitability and effectively position all of our service offerings.

Update on Our Strategy Execution

We now have completed the first year since the implementation of our growth strategy, and we are encouraged by the success we have achieved to date. In 2011, our accounts payable recovery audit business generated the first year-over-year increase in revenues since 2002. Further, we accomplished this important milestone while also reducing our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues in these segments. These improvements in financial performance occurred while we were making significant investments in our accounts payable recovery audit segments, including re-implementing a sales force, establishing and expanding offshore capabilities, completing strategic acquisitions and developing our Next-Generation Recovery Audit service delivery model. We will continue to drive toward increasing our revenues and lowering our costs as a percentage of revenues in accounts payable recovery audit.

Our healthcare claims recovery audit business grew significantly in both 2010 and 2011, although we incurred losses in this new service line in each of those years. However, this unit exceeded our revenue expectations in the second half of 2011, and we anticipate that we will achieve operating profits in this service line in 2012.

We also grew our analytics and advisory services business over the past three years, both organically and through acquisitions. We have acquired, developed and improved the tools we use in performing these services. The acquisitions we completed in this area also helped us to broaden our services footprint and provide extensive services to our clients and prospective clients. We believe our recent success in adding new clients and improving client retention rates in our recovery audit businesses is due in part to these additional service offerings, although these benefits are not reflected in the New Services segment.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we hired several senior leaders in both our analytics and advisory services business and our healthcare claims recovery audit business. These new additions demonstrate our commitment to building a strong team with a high-performance culture.

Collectively, these changes reflect our transformation from essentially a one-product, one-industry provider to an analytics-powered information and professional services firm. We believe that Profit Discovery , our combination of audit, analytics and advisory capabilities, represents a new category of business services that will enable us to provide greater value to our existing clients and to expand our reach into new clients and industries.

 

4


Table of Contents

The Recovery Audit Industry and PRGX

Businesses and government agencies with substantial volumes of payment transactions involving multiple vendors, numerous discounts and allowances, fluctuating prices and complex pricing arrangements or rate structures find it difficult to process every payment correctly. Although these entities correctly process the vast majority of payment transactions, errors occur in a small percentage of transactions. These errors include, but are not limited to, missed or inaccurate discounts, allowances and rebates, vendor pricing errors, erroneous coding and duplicate payments. In the aggregate, these transaction errors can represent significant amounts of reduced cash flow and lost profits for these entities. Many factors contribute to the errors, including communication failures between the purchasing and accounts payable departments, complex pricing arrangements or rate structures, personnel turnover and changes in information and accounting systems.

Recovery auditing is a business service focused on finding overpayments created by these errors. We are the leading worldwide provider of recovery audit services, principally to large businesses and government agencies having numerous payment transactions and complex purchasing/payment environments. These businesses and agencies include:

 

   

retailers such as discount, department, specialty, grocery and drug stores, and wholesalers who sell to these retailers;

 

   

business enterprises other than retailers, such as manufacturers, financial services firms, and pharmaceutical companies;

 

   

healthcare payers, both private sector health insurance companies and state and federal government payers such as CMS; and

 

   

federal and state government agencies other than government healthcare payers.

Under virtually all of our recovery audit contracts, we receive a percentage of overpayments and other savings that we identify and that our clients recover or realize. We generate the substantial majority of our revenues from accounts payable recovery audit services that we provide to retail clients. These audit services typically recur annually and are the most extensive of our recovery audit services, focusing on numerous recovery categories related to procurement and payment activities, as well as client/vendor promotions and allowances. These audits typically entail comprehensive and customized data acquisition from the client, frequently including purchasing, receiving, point-of-sale, pricing and deal documentation, emails, and payment data. Recovery audits for larger retail clients often require year-round on-site work by multi-auditor teams.

In addition to these retail clients, we also provide accounts payable recovery audit services to clients in other industries. We typically refer to these clients as our “commercial clients.” Services to these types of clients to date have historically tended to be either periodic (typically, every two to three years) or rotational in nature with different divisions of a given client being audited in pre-arranged periodic sequences, and are typically relatively short in duration. Accordingly, the revenues we derive from a given commercial client may change markedly from year to year.

The recovery audit services we provide to our retail and commercial clients involve the identification of overpayments relating to purchases. We also provide recovery audit services relating to healthcare claims which involve the identification of overpayments and underpayments made by healthcare payers to healthcare providers, such as hospitals and physicians’ practices. Auditing medical claims data requires in-depth expertise in healthcare procedures and billing processes. Due to the different expertise necessary to provide healthcare claims recovery audit services, we include the results of our operations in this area in our New Services segment rather than in one of our two recovery audit services segments.

Some organizations (primarily large retailers) maintain internal recovery audit departments to recover certain types of payment errors and identify opportunities to reduce costs. Despite having such internal resources, many companies also retain independent recovery audit firms, such as PRGX, due to their specialized knowledge and focused technologies. In the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom and France, large retailers routinely engage independent recovery audit firms as a standard business practice. In other countries, large retailers and many other types of businesses also engage independent recovery audit firms, but this practice is less common.

 

5


Table of Contents

As businesses have evolved, PRGX and the recovery audit industry have evolved with them, innovating processes, error identification tools, and claim types to maximize recoveries. The following are a number of factors significantly impacting the recovery audit industry:

 

   

Data Capture and Availability. Businesses increasingly are using technology to manage complex procurement and accounts payable systems and realize greater operating efficiencies. Many businesses worldwide communicate with vendors electronically — whether by Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”) or the Internet — to exchange inventory and sales data, transmit purchase orders, submit invoices, forward shipping and receiving information and remit payments. These systems capture more detailed data and enable the cost effective review of more transactions by recovery auditors.

 

   

Increased Role of Email Documentation in Client Transaction Data . Clients and vendors increasingly document transaction terms in email correspondence that is not integrated into their financial systems and increases opportunities for errors. To efficiently identify these errors, recovery audit firms must use sophisticated tools that are able to ingest and search through massive volumes of emails to identify potential errors that then are investigated by the auditors. A comprehensive recovery audit requires the effective use of email search tools and techniques.

 

   

Increasing Number of Auditable Claim Categories. Traditionally, the recovery audit industry identified simple, or “disbursement,” claim types such as the duplicate payment of invoices. Enhancements to accounts payable software, particularly large enterprise software solutions used by many large companies, have reduced the extent to which these companies make simple disbursement errors. However, the introduction of creative vendor discount programs, complex pricing arrangements and activity-based incentives has led to an increase in auditable transactions and potential sources of error. These transactions are complicated to audit, as the underlying transaction data is difficult to access and recognizing mistakes is complex. Recovery audit firms such as PRGX with significant industry-specific expertise and sophisticated technology are best equipped to audit these complicated, or “contract compliance,” claim categories.

 

   

Globalization. As the operations of major retailers and other business enterprises become increasingly global, they often seek service providers with a global reach.

 

   

Consolidation in the Retail Industry. Retailer consolidation continues in both the U.S. and internationally. As retailers grow larger, vendors become more reliant on a smaller number of retailer customers, and, as a result, the balance of power favors retailers rather than their vendors. This dynamic creates an environment that allows retailers to assert overpayment claims more easily.

 

   

Significant Promotional Activity. Trade promotion spending is substantial within the retail trade and significant sums are being spent in categories with numerous transactions and a high potential for errors, such as scan downs, or discounts at the point of sale. Because of the high volume of trade promotion within retail, there are significant opportunities for mistakes and, therefore, auditable claims.

 

   

Move Toward Standard Auditing Practices . Increasingly, our client’s vendors are insisting on the satisfaction of certain conditions, such as clearer post-audit procedures, better documentation and electronic communication of claims, before accepting the validity of a claim.

We expect the evolution of the recovery audit industry to continue. In particular, we expect that the industry will continue to move towards the electronic capture and presentation of data, more automated, centralized processing and faster approvals and deductions of claims.

Clients

PRGX provides its services principally to large and mid-sized businesses and government agencies having numerous payment transactions and complex procurement environments. Retailers continue to constitute the largest part of our client and revenue base. Our five largest clients contributed approximately 30.2% of our revenues in 2011, 31.3% in 2010 and 29.9% in 2009. Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (and its affiliated companies) accounted for approximately 10.2% of our revenues in 2011, 12.1% in 2010 and 12.3% in 2009.

 

6


Table of Contents

Client Contracts

PRGX provides services to its clients pursuant to contracts. Our compensation under recovery audit service contracts generally is stated as a stipulated percentage of improper payments or other savings recovered for or realized by clients. Recovery audit clients generally recover claims by either (a) taking credits against outstanding payables or future purchases from the involved vendors or service providers, or (b) receiving refund checks directly from those vendors or service providers. Industry practice generally dictates the manner in which a client receives a recovery audit claim. In many cases, we must satisfy client-specific procedural guidelines before we can submit recovery audit claims for client approval. For services such as advisory services, client contracts often provide for compensation to us in the form of a flat fee, or fee rate per hour, or a fee per other unit of service.

Most of our contracts provide that the client may terminate the contract without cause prior to the completion of the term of the agreement by providing relatively short prior written notice of termination. In addition to being subject to termination for material default, our Medicare RAC program subcontracts are subject to termination or partial termination for convenience to the extent all or any portion of the work covered by the associated Medicare RAC prime contract is eliminated by CMS, or to the extent our performance of the subcontract results in an organizational conflict of interest that is not mitigated or able to be mitigated after joint consultation among CMS, the Medicare RAC prime contractor and PRGX.

Technology

PRGX uses advanced, proprietary information systems and processes and a large-scale technology infrastructure to conduct its audits of clients’ payment transactions. Because of the ever-increasing volume and complexity of the transactions of our clients, we believe that our proprietary technology and processes serve as important competitive advantages over both our principal competitors and our clients’ in-house internal recovery audit functions. To sustain these competitive advantages, we continually invest in technology initiatives to deliver innovative solutions that improve both the effectiveness and efficiency of our services.

We aim our data acquisition, data processing and data management methodologies at maximizing efficiencies and productivity and maintaining the highest standards of transaction auditing accuracy. At the beginning of a typical recovery audit engagement, we use a dedicated staff of data acquisition specialists and proprietary tools to acquire a wide array of transaction data from the client for the time period under review. We typically receive this data by secured electronic transmissions, digital media or paper. For paper-based data, we use a custom, proprietary imaging technology to scan the paper into electronic format. Upon receipt of the data, we secure, catalogue, back up and convert it into standard, readable formats using third party and proprietary tools.

Our technology professionals clean and map massive volumes of client data, primarily using high performance database and storage technologies, into standardized layouts at one of our data processing facilities. We also generate statistical reports to verify the completeness and accuracy of the data.

We then process the data using proprietary algorithms (business rules) leveraging over thirty years’ experience to help uncover patterns or potential problems in clients’ various transactional streams. We deliver this data with a high probability of transaction errors to our auditors who, using our proprietary audit software, sort, filter and search the data to validate and identify actual transaction errors. We also maintain a secure database of audit information with the ability to query on multiple variables, including claim categories, industry codes, vendors and audit years, to facilitate the identification of additional recovery opportunities and provide recommendations for process improvements to clients.

Once we identify and validate transaction errors, we present the information to clients for approval and submission to vendors as “claims.” We offer a web-based claim presentation and collaboration tool, which uses proprietary imaging technology to help the client view, approve and submit claims to vendors.

In providing our spend analytics services, we use proprietary algorithms and technologies to clean and classify a client’s vendor spend data down to the line item level. We then are able to present this information to the client as a multi-dimensional data cube over a web-based interface. We believe these proprietary algorithms and technologies provide us with a competitive advantage over many of our competitors.

 

7


Table of Contents

Auditor Hiring, Training and Compensation

Many of our auditors and specialists formerly held finance-related management positions in the industries we serve. Training provided in the field by our experienced auditors enables newly hired auditors to develop and refine their auditing skills and improve productivity. Additionally, we provide training for auditors utilizing self-paced media such as specialized computer-based training modules. We periodically upgrade our training programs based on feedback from auditors and changing industry protocols. Many of our auditors and specialists participate in one of our incentive compensation plans that link compensation of the auditor or specialist to audit performance.

Proprietary Rights

From time to time, we develop new software and methodologies that replace or enhance existing proprietary software and methodologies. We rely primarily on trade secret and copyright protection for our proprietary software and other proprietary information. We consider the costs associated with these activities to be research and development costs and expense them as incurred. However, we capitalize the costs incurred for the development of computer software that will be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed or that will be used in our operations beginning when technological feasibility has been established. Research and development costs, including the amortization of amounts previously capitalized, were $3.4 million in 2011, $3.2 million in 2010 and $1.8 million in 2009.

We own or have rights to various trademarks, trade names and copyrights, including U.S. and foreign registered trademarks and trade names and U.S. registered copyrights, that are valuable assets and important to our business. We monitor the status of our copyright and trademark registrations to maintain them in force and renew them as appropriate. The duration of our active trademark registrations varies based upon the relevant statutes in the applicable jurisdiction, but generally endure for as long as they are used. The duration of our active copyright registrations similarly varies based on the relevant statutes in the applicable jurisdiction, but generally endure for the full statutory period. Our trademarks and trade names are of significant importance and include, but are not limited to, the following: PRGX ® , Discover Your Hidden Profits ® , PRG-Schultz ® , imDex ® , Profit Discovery , AuditPro , SureF!nd , DirectF!nd , claimDex , PRGX APTrax , PRGX AuditTrax , PRGX ClaimTrax , PRGX DealTrax , PRGX MailTrax , PRGX FraudTrax , and PRGX SpendTrax .

Competition

Accounts Payable Recovery Audit

We believe that the principal providers of domestic and international accounts payable recovery audit services in major markets worldwide consist of PRGX, one substantial competitor, and numerous other smaller competitors. The smaller recovery audit firms generally do not possess multi-country service capabilities and do not have the centralized resources or broad client base required to support the technology investments necessary to provide comprehensive recovery audit services for large, complex accounts payable systems. These smaller firms, therefore, are less equipped to audit large, data-intensive purchasing and accounts payable systems. In addition, many of these firms have limited resources and may lack the experience and knowledge of national promotions, seasonal allowances and current recovery audit practices. As a result, we believe that compared to most other firms providing accounts payable recovery audit services, PRGX has competitive advantages based on its national and international presence, well-trained and experienced professionals, and advanced technology.

While we believe that PRGX has the greatest depth and breadth of audit expertise, data and technology capabilities, scale and global presence in the industry, we face competition from the following:

Client Internal Recovery Audit Departments . A number of large retailers (particularly those in the discount, grocery and drug sectors) have developed an internal recovery audit process to review transactions prior to turning them over to external recovery audit firms. Regardless of the level of recoveries made by internal recovery audit departments, we have observed that virtually all large retail clients retain at least one (primary), and sometimes two (primary and secondary), external recovery audit firms to capture errors not identified by their internal recovery audit departments.

 

8


Table of Contents

Other Accounts Payable Recovery Audit Firms . The competitive landscape in the recovery audit industry is comprised of:

 

   

Full-service accounts payable recovery audit firms. We believe that only one company other than PRGX offers a full suite of U.S. and international recovery audit services;

 

   

A large number of smaller accounts payable recovery firms which have a limited client base and which use less sophisticated tools to mine disbursement claim categories at low contingency rates. These firms are most common in the U.S. market. Competition in most international markets, if any, typically comes from small niche providers;

 

   

Firms that offer a hybrid of audit software tools and training for use by internal audit departments, or general accounts payable process improvement enablers; and

 

   

Firms with specialized skills focused on recovery audit services for discrete sectors such as sales and use tax or real estate.

Other Providers of Recovery Audit Services . The major international accounting firms provide recovery audit services; however, we believe their practices tend to be primarily focused on tax-related services.

Healthcare Claims Recovery Audit Services

A number of national and regional private payers have developed their own post-payment recovery audit capabilities. Nevertheless, these private payers typically also retain or engage one or more third party post payment audit service providers. The competitive landscape in the healthcare claims recovery audit includes:

 

   

Firms that provide recovery audit services across multiple industries including healthcare;

 

   

Firms that provide healthcare IT solutions and services to both the government and private payers; and

 

   

Firms that contract with federal and state governments’ integrity programs.

Analytics and Advisory Services

Our analytics and advisory services business faces competition from regional and local consulting firms; privately and publicly held worldwide and national firms; large, well-known ERP software vendors; procurement-specific software providers and smaller, very specialized analytics providers. These businesses compete generally on the basis of the range, quality and cost of the services and products provided to clients. We believe that we differentiate ourselves from our competitors by virtue of synergies with our analytics capabilities and our direct channel to existing accounts payable recovery audit clients.

Regulation

Various aspects of our business, including, without limitation, our data acquisition, processing and reporting protocols, are subject to extensive and frequently changing governmental regulation in both the U.S. and internationally. These regulations include extensive data protection and privacy requirements. In the U.S., we are subject to the provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) with respect to our healthcare claims recovery audit work. Internationally, we must comply with the European Data Protection Directive that various members of the European Union have implemented, as well as with data protection laws that exist in many of the other countries where we have a presence. Failure to comply with such regulations may, depending on the nature of the noncompliance, result in the termination or loss of contracts, the imposition of contractual damages, civil sanctions, damage to our reputation or in certain circumstances, criminal penalties.

 

9


Table of Contents

Employees

As of January 31, 2012, PRGX had approximately 1,600 employees, of whom approximately 750 were in the U.S. The majority of our employees are involved in the audit function. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe our employee relations are satisfactory.

Website

PRGX makes available free of charge on its website, www.prgx.com , its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports. PRGX makes all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission available on its website no later than the close of business on the date the filing was made. In addition, investors can access our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov.

We also post certain corporate governance materials, including our Board of Directors committee charters and our Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics For Senior Financial Officers, on our website under the heading “Corporate Governance” on the “Investors” page. From time to time, we may update the corporate governance materials on our website as necessary to comply with rules issued by the SEC or NASDAQ, or as desirable to further the continued effective and efficient governance of our company.

 

10


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

Revenues from our accounts payable recovery audit business declined for several years through 2010. We must successfully execute our recovery audit growth strategy in order to increase our revenues, and must lower our cost of delivery in order to maintain profitability.

Over time, our clients tend to resolve recurring transaction processing deficiencies. In addition, many of our clients have an internal staff that audits the transactions before we do. As the skills, experience and resources of our clients’ internal recovery audit staffs improve, they will identify many overpayments themselves and reduce some of our audit recovery opportunities. Based on these and other factors, including competitive rate pressures and loss of clients from time to time, without improved audit execution and acquisition of new clients, we believe that our accounts payable recovery audit business will experience revenue declines and may incur losses.

We depend on our largest clients for significant revenues, so losing a major client could adversely affect our revenues and liquidity.

We generate a significant portion of our revenues from our largest clients. Our five largest clients collectively accounted for approximately 30.2% of our annual revenues in 2011, 31.3% in 2010 and 29.9% in 2009. Wal-Mart Stores Inc. (and its affiliated companies) accounted for approximately 10.2% of our total revenues in 2010, 12.1% in 2010 and 12.3% in 2009. If we lose any of our major clients, our results of operations and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

Our growth strategy may not be successful.

As discussed in Item 1 “The PRGX Strategy,” our objectives are to build on our position as the leading worldwide provider of recovery audit services and to develop and grow our analytics and advisory services businesses. Our strategic plan to achieve these objectives focuses on efforts designed to maintain our dedicated focus on clients and rekindle our growth. These efforts are ongoing, and the results of the strategy will not be known until sometime in the future. Successful execution of our strategy requires sustained management focus, organization and coordination over time, as well as success in building relationships with third parties. If we are unable to execute our strategy successfully, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, execution of our strategy will require material investments and additional costs that may not yield incremental revenues and improved financial performance as planned.

The terms of our credit facility place restrictions on us, which create risks of default and reduce our flexibility.

Our current credit facility contains a number of affirmative, negative, and financial covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions and require us to comply with specified financial ratios and other performance covenants. No assurance can be provided that we will not violate the covenants of our secured credit facility in the future. If we are unable to comply with our financial covenants in the future, our lenders could pursue their contractual remedies under the credit facility, including requiring the immediate repayment in full of all amounts outstanding, if any. Additionally, we cannot be certain that, if the lenders demanded immediate repayment of any amounts outstanding, we would be able to secure adequate or timely replacement financing on acceptable terms or at all.

Our ability to make payments due on our debt will depend upon our future operating performance, which is subject to general economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which we cannot control. If the cash flow from our operating activities is insufficient to make these payments, we may take actions such as delaying or reducing capital expenditures, attempting to restructure or refinance our debt, selling assets or operations or seeking additional equity capital. Some or all of these actions may not be sufficient to allow us to service our debt obligations and we could be required to file for bankruptcy. Further, we may be unable to take any of these actions on satisfactory terms, in a timely manner or at all. In addition, our credit agreements may limit our ability to take several of these actions. Our failure to generate sufficient funds to pay our debts or to undertake any of these actions successfully could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

11


Table of Contents

We have incurred and will continue to incur significant costs in establishing the necessary resources to provide services for Medicare, Medicaid and other healthcare claims audit recovery work. Furthermore, revenues from our Medicare, Medicaid and other healthcare claims audit recovery work lag significantly behind these costs and may not justify the costs incurred.

We have expended substantial resources in connection with preparing for and providing healthcare claims recovery audit services, including those under CMS’s Medicare RAC program. We continue to incur significant costs relating to our healthcare claims recovery audit services business, including our participation as a subcontractor in the national Medicare RAC program. We incurred operating losses of approximately $4.5 million, $4.8 million and $4.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in connection with our healthcare claims recovery audit work. In addition, as a result of the complex regulations governing many healthcare payments and recoupments, including a multi-layered scheme for provider appeals of overpayment determinations under the Medicare RAC program, the terms of the Company’s Medicare RAC subcontracts and the complexity of Medicare and other healthcare data, systems and processes, generally, it is more difficult and takes longer to achieve recoveries from healthcare claims recovery auditing than in other areas of our recovery audit business.

Our participation in the Medicare recovery audit program is as a subcontractor, and, consequently, is subject to being reduced or eliminated should our subcontracts be terminated or should the prime contractors with whom we have contracted have their prime contracts with CMS terminated or should those contracts expire.

Under CMS’s Medicare recovery audit contractor program, we are participating as a subcontractor in three of the program’s four geographic regions. Accordingly, we have entered into three separate subcontracts with the prime contractors and are not directly contracting with CMS. Under these circumstances, we generally bear the risk that the prime contractors will not meet their performance obligations to CMS under the prime contract, that the prime contractors will not pay us amounts due under the subcontracts and that the prime contractors will seek to terminate our subcontracts or otherwise minimize our role in the Medicare RAC program. Furthermore, the failure of a prime contractor to perform its obligations to CMS could result in the termination of the associated contract with CMS, which would, in turn, result in the termination of our subcontract. Additionally, CMS could choose not to exercise its option to extend its contract with any of the prime contractors at the end of any one-year term, which would also, in turn, result in our subcontract with that prime contractor expiring. The termination or expiration of any of these subcontracts or the failure of the prime contractors to make required payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recovery auditing of Medicare and Medicaid spending is subject to a number of pressures and uncertainties that could impact our future opportunities and revenues from this business.

As contrasted with recovery auditing for our retail and commercial clients, recovery auditing of Medicare and Medicaid spending is legislatively mandated and is subject to, among other things, the efforts of healthcare providers and provider associations, including political pressures, to end or severely limit the Medicare and Medicaid recovery audit programs. We expect these efforts and political pressures to be ongoing throughout the life of these programs. During 2007, for example, a number of significant developments resulted from these efforts. In October 2007, CMS implemented a temporary “pause” in our review under the Medicare RAC demonstration program of certain payments made to rehabilitation hospitals. Further, in November 2007, legislation was introduced in Congress proposing a one-year halt to CMS’s Medicare RAC demonstration program and calling for an assessment of the program by the U.S. Government Accountability Office. Although the referenced legislation was not passed, and the national Medicare RAC program is in place, similar legislative efforts to delay or eliminate RAC programs could emerge at any time, and management is unable to assess the prospects for the success of any such efforts. If federally mandated recovery audit programs are significantly limited or delayed, subjected to burdensome or commercially challenging requirements, terms and/or conditions, or altogether terminated, our future revenues, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We may be unable to protect and maintain the competitive advantage of our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights.

Our operations could be materially and adversely affected if we are not able to protect our proprietary software, audit techniques and methodologies, and other proprietary intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of

 

12


Table of Contents

trade secret and copyright laws, nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights. Although we presently hold U.S. and foreign registered trademarks and U.S. registered copyrights on certain of our proprietary technology, we may be unable to obtain similar protection on our other intellectual property. In addition, our foreign registered trademarks may not receive the same enforcement protection as our U.S. registered trademarks.

Additionally, to protect our confidential and trade secret information, we generally enter into nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, clients and potential clients. We also limit access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. Nevertheless, we may be unable to deter misappropriation or unauthorized dissemination of our proprietary information, detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. In spite of the level of care taken to protect our intellectual property, there is no guarantee that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Moreover, although we are not aware of any infringement of our services and products on the intellectual property rights of others, we also are subject to the risk that someone else will assert a claim against us in the future for violating their intellectual property rights.

Cyber-security incidents, including data security breaches or computer viruses, could harm our business by disrupting our delivery of services, damaging our reputation or exposing us to liability.

We receive, process, store and transmit, often electronically, the confidential data of our clients and others. Unauthorized access to our computer systems or stored data could result in the theft or improper disclosure of confidential information, the deletion or modification of records or could cause interruptions in our operations. These cyber-security risks increase when we transmit information from one location to another, including transmissions over the Internet or other electronic networks. Despite implemented security measures, our facilities, systems and procedures, and those of our third-party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, software viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors or other similar events which may disrupt our delivery of services or expose the confidential information of our clients and others. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure or use of confidential information of our clients or others, whether by us or a third party, could (i) subject us to civil and criminal penalties, (ii) have a negative impact on our reputation, (iii) expose us to liability to our clients, third parties or government authorities, and (iv) cause our present and potential clients to choose another service provider. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Operational failures in our data processing facilities could harm our business and reputation.

An interruption of data processing services caused by damage or destruction of our facilities or a failure of our data processing equipment could result in a loss of clients, difficulties in obtaining new clients and a reduction in revenue. In addition, we also may be liable to third parties or our clients because of such interruption. These risks would increase with longer service interruptions. Despite any disaster recovery and business continuity plans and precautions we have implemented (including insurance) to protect against the effects of service delivery interruptions, such interruptions could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Client and vendor bankruptcies and financial difficulties could reduce our earnings.

Our clients generally operate in intensely competitive environments and, accordingly, bankruptcy filings by our clients are not uncommon. Bankruptcy filings by our large clients or the significant vendors who supply them or unexpectedly large vendor claim chargebacks lodged against one or more of our larger clients could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, our inability to collect our accounts receivable due to other financial difficulties of one or more of our large clients could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Recent economic conditions which have adversely impacted the U.S. retail industry may continue to have a negative impact on our revenues. Since we generally audit our clients’ purchases up to 15 months in arrears, we cannot yet determine if we have experienced the full impact of the recent economic downturn on our business and revenues. Although retail industry economic conditions have improved from recent levels, our revenues may continue to be impacted negatively by the general retail environment. Specifically, client liquidity and the liquidity of client vendors can have a significant impact on claim production, the claim approval process, and the ability of clients to offset or otherwise make recoveries from their vendors.

 

13


Table of Contents

If a client files for bankruptcy, we could be subject to an action to recover certain payments received in the 90 days prior to the bankruptcy filing known as “preference payments.” If we are unsuccessful in defending against such claims, we would be required to make unbudgeted cash payments which could strain our financial liquidity, and our earnings would be reduced.

Our failure to retain the services of key members of management and highly skilled personnel could adversely impact our operations and financial performance.

Our future success depends largely on the efforts and skills of our executive officers and key employees. As such, we have entered into employment agreements with key members of management. While these employment agreements include limits on the ability of key employees to directly compete with us in the future, nothing prevents them from leaving our company.

In addition, it is especially challenging to attract and retain highly qualified skilled auditors and other professionals in an industry where competition for skilled personnel is intense. Accordingly, our future performance also depends, in part, on the ability of our management team to work together effectively, manage our workforce, and retain highly qualified personnel.

We rely on operations outside the U.S. for a significant portion of our revenues and are increasingly dependent on operations outside the U.S. for supporting our operations globally.

Operations outside the U.S. generated approximately 47.3% of our annual revenues in 2011, 49.7% in 2010 and 45.9% in 2009. These international operations are subject to numerous risks, including:

 

   

greater exposure to the possibility of economic instability, the disruption of operations from labor and political disturbances, expropriation or war in the international markets we serve;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly weaknesses in the British pound, the euro, the Canadian dollar, the Mexican peso, the Brazilian real and other currencies of countries in which we transact business, which could result in currency translations that materially reduce our revenues and earnings;

 

   

costs associated with adapting our services to our foreign clients’ needs;

 

   

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws;

 

   

expenses and legal restrictions associated with transferring earnings from our foreign subsidiaries to us;

 

   

difficulties complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, such as those relating to data content retention, privacy and employee welfare;

 

   

business interruptions due to widespread disease, potential terrorist activities, or other catastrophes;

 

   

reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property rights;

 

   

longer accounts receivable cycles; and

 

   

competition with large or state-owned enterprises or regulations that effectively limit our operations and favor local competitors.

Because we expect a significant portion of our revenues to continue to come from operations outside the U.S., and expect to continue transitioning certain of our operations to locations outside the U.S., the occurrence of any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2011, our European operations accounted for approximately 29.3% of our consolidated revenues. There have been continuing concerns and uncertainties regarding the stability of the European economies. A decline in the economic conditions in Europe may materially and adversely affect our operations both in Europe and on a consolidated basis.

 

14


Table of Contents

Furthermore, in 2010 we began transitioning certain of our core data processing and other functions to locations outside the U.S., including India, where 8% of our employees were located at December 31, 2011. India has from time to time experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities with Pakistan. In recent years, there have been military confrontations between India and Pakistan in the region of Kashmir and along the India-Pakistan border as well as terrorist activity in several major Indian cities. Although the relations between the two countries generally have been improving, military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could adversely affect the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to deliver services from India. Disruption in our Indian operations could materially and adversely affect our profitability and our ability to execute our growth strategy.

Our recovery audit services and analytics and advisory services businesses operate in highly competitive environments and are subject to pricing pressure.

The recovery audit business is highly competitive, with numerous other recovery audit firms and other providers of recovery audit services. In addition, many of our clients have developed their own internal recovery audit capabilities. As a result of competition among the providers of recovery audit services and the availability of certain recovery audit services from clients’ internal audit departments, our recovery audit services business is subject to intense price pressure. Such price pressure could cause our profit margins to decline and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our analytics and advisory services business also has numerous competitors varying in size, market strength and specialization. This business faces fierce competition, in some cases, from firms who have established and well-known franchises and brands. Frequently, this business must compete not only on service quality and expertise, but also on price. Intense price competition faced by this service line could negatively impact our profit margins and have a potential adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our client contracts generally contain provisions under which the client may terminate our services prior to the completion of the agreement.

Many of our client contracts provide that the client may terminate the contract without cause prior to the end of the term of the agreement by providing us with relatively short prior written notice of the termination. As a result, the existence of contractual relationships with our clients is not an assurance that we will continue to provide services for our clients through the entire terms of their respective agreements. If clients representing a significant portion of our revenues terminated their agreements unexpectedly, we may not, in the short-term, be able to replace the revenues and earnings from such contracts and this would have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results. In addition, client contract terminations also could harm our reputation within the industry which could negatively impact our ability to obtain new clients.

Our failure to comply with applicable governmental privacy laws and regulations could substantially impact our business, operations and financial condition.

We are subject to extensive and evolving federal, state and foreign privacy laws and regulations. Changes in privacy laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations could have a substantial effect on our operating methods and costs. Failure to comply with such regulations could result in the termination or loss of contracts, the imposition of contractual damages, civil sanctions, damage to the Company’s reputation, or in certain circumstances, criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects. Determining compliance with such regulations is complicated by the fact that many of these laws and regulations have not been fully interpreted by governing regulatory authorities or the courts, and many of the provisions of such laws and regulations are open to a wide range of interpretations. There can be no assurance that we are or have been in compliance with all applicable existing laws and regulations or that we will be able to comply with new laws or regulations.

The ownership change that occurred as a result of our 2006 exchange offer limits our ability to use our net operating losses.

We have substantial tax loss and credit carry-forwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes. On March 17, 2006, as a result of the closing of its exchange offer, the Company experienced an ownership change as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”). This ownership change resulted in an annual IRC Section 382

 

15


Table of Contents

limitation that limits the use of certain tax attribute carry-forwards. Of the $59.6 million of U.S. federal net loss carry-forwards available to the Company, $20.6 million of the loss carry-forwards are subject to an annual usage limitation of $1.4 million. We believe that such limitations and the loss of these carry-forwards may significantly increase our projected future tax liability.

Certain of our tax positions may be subject to challenge by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities, and if successful, these challenges could increase our future tax liabilities and expense.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as local country tax purposes in the jurisdictions where we operate, from time to time we take positions under provisions of applicable tax law that are subject to varying interpretations. Certain of our tax positions may be subject to challenge by the applicable taxing authorities, including, in the U.S., the Internal Revenue Service. If our tax positions are successfully challenged, our future tax liabilities and expense could significantly increase.

While we believe that our tax positions are proper based on applicable law and we believe that it is more likely than not that we would prevail with respect to challenges to these positions, we can make no assurances that we would prevail if our positions are challenged or that business economics would justify the mounting of a legal defense against such challenges. If our tax positions are successfully challenged by the U.S. or non-U.S. taxing authorities, it could increase our future tax liabilities and expense and have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Future impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets would reduce our future earnings.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s goodwill and other intangible assets totaled $36.6 million. We must perform annual assessments to determine whether some portion, or all, of our goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are impaired. Future annual impairment testing could result in a determination that our goodwill, other intangible assets or our long-lived assets have been impaired. Future adverse changes in the business environment or in our ability to perform audits successfully and compete effectively in our markets or the discontinuation of our use of certain of our intangible or other long-lived assets could result in impairment which could materially adversely impact future earnings.

Our articles of incorporation, bylaws, shareholder rights plan and Georgia law may inhibit a change of control that shareholders may favor.

Our articles of incorporation, bylaws and Georgia law contain provisions that may delay, deter or inhibit a future acquisition of PRGX that is not approved by our Board of Directors. This could occur even if our shareholders receive attractive offers for their shares or if a substantial number, or even a majority, of our shareholders believe the takeover is in their best interest. These provisions are intended to encourage any person interested in acquiring us to negotiate with and obtain the approval of our Board of Directors in connection with the transaction. Provisions that could delay, deter or inhibit a future acquisition include the following:

 

   

a classified Board of Directors;

 

   

the requirement that our shareholders may only remove directors for cause;

 

   

specified requirements for calling special meetings of shareholders;

 

   

the ability of the Board of Directors to consider the interests of various constituencies, including our employees, clients and creditors and the local community, in making decisions; and

 

   

the ability of the Board of Directors to issue shares of preferred stock with such designations, powers, preferences and rights as it determines, without any further vote or action by our shareholders.

In addition, we have in place a “poison pill” shareholders’ rights plan that could trigger a dilutive issuance of common stock upon substantial purchases of our common stock by a third party that are not approved by the Board of Directors. These provisions also could discourage bids for our shares of common stock at a premium and could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our stock price has been and may continue to be volatile.

Our common stock is currently traded on The Nasdaq Global Market. The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be subject to large fluctuations. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011, our stock traded as high as $8.39 per share and as low as $4.07 per share. Our stock price may increase or decrease in response to a number of events and factors, including:

 

   

future announcements concerning us, key clients or competitors;

 

   

quarterly variations in operating results and liquidity;

 

   

changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

developments with respect to technology or litigation;

 

   

changes in applicable laws and regulations;

 

   

the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable to our company;

 

   

acquisitions and financings; and

 

   

sales and purchases of our stock by insiders.

Fluctuations in the stock market, generally, also impact the volatility of our stock price. Finally, general economic conditions and stock market movements may adversely affect the price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

 

17


Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

ITEM 2. Properties

Our principal executive offices are located in approximately 132,000 square feet of office space in Atlanta, Georgia. We lease this space under an agreement expiring on December 31, 2014. We have subleased approximately 58,000 square feet of our principal executive office space to independent third parties. Our various operating units lease numerous other parcels of operating space in the various countries in which we currently conduct our business.

Excluding the lease for our principal executive offices, the majority of our real property leases are individually less than five years in duration. See Note 8 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

On December 16, 2011, an employee of our wholly owned subsidiary PRGX USA, Inc. filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota (Civil Action No. 0:11-CV-03631-PJS-FLN). The Plaintiff alleges that PRGX USA, Inc. failed to pay overtime wages to the Plaintiff and other similarly situated individuals as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). The Plaintiff is seeking designation of this action as a collective action. In addition, the Plaintiff is seeking an unspecified amount of monetary damages and costs, including attorneys’ fees. We filed an Answer denying all of the asserted claims on January 31, 2012 and have been engaged in pre-discovery discussions with the Plaintiff’s counsel. We intend to vigorously defend against these claims. The case is in the very preliminary stages, and we currently are unable to determine the likelihood or amount of any potential loss that may arise from this matter.

In addition, we are party to a variety of other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. While the results of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the final outcome of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

18


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded under the symbol “PRGX” on The Nasdaq Global Market (Nasdaq). The Company has not paid cash dividends on its common stock since it became a public company in 1996 and does not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Moreover, restrictive covenants included in our secured credit facility specifically prohibit payment of cash dividends and limits the amount of our common stock that we may repurchase to $1.0 million on an annual basis. As of February 27, 2012, there were 209 holders of record of our common stock and management believes there were approximately 3,400 beneficial holders. The following table sets forth, for the quarters indicated, the range of high and low sales prices for the Company’s common stock as reported by Nasdaq during 2011 and 2010.

 

2011 Calendar Quarter

   High      Low  

1st Quarter

   $ 6.64       $ 5.41   

2nd Quarter

     8.39         5.99   

3rd Quarter

     7.42         4.48   

4th Quarter

     6.23         4.07   

2010 Calendar Quarter

   High      Low  

1st Quarter

   $ 6.27       $ 5.01   

2nd Quarter

     6.93         3.60   

3rd Quarter

     5.75         4.00   

4th Quarter

     6.53         5.65   

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

A summary of our repurchases of our common stock during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2011 is set forth below.

 

2011

   Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
(a)
     Average
Price
Paid per
Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
     Maximum
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
 
                          (millions of dollars)  
October 1 – October 31      1,081       $ 5.41         —         $ —     
November 1 – November 30      —         $ —           —         $ —     
December 1 – December 31      —         $ —           —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,081       $ 5.41         —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) All shares reported during the quarter were surrendered by an employee to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon vesting of restricted stock.

 

19


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

Set forth below is a line graph presentation comparing the cumulative shareholder return on our common stock, on an indexed basis, against cumulative total returns of The Nasdaq Composite Index and the RDG Technology Composite Index. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the common stock in each index was $100 on December 31, 2006 and shows total return on investment for the period beginning December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2011, assuming reinvestment of any dividends. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of the Company’s filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that might incorporate future filings, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in whole or in part, the Performance Graph presented below shall not be incorporated by reference into any such filings.

 

LOGO

Cumulative Total Return

 

         12/06        12/07        12/08        12/09        12/10        12/11  

PRGX Global, Inc.

       100.00           107.13           51.00           73.88           79.13           74.38   

NASDAQ Composite

       100.00           110.38           65.58           95.27           112.22           110.58   

RDG Technology Composite

       100.00           115.01           65.30           105.06           118.52           118.29   

 

20


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the Company as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2011. The following data reflects the business acquisitions that we have completed through December 31, 2011. We have included the results of operations for these acquired businesses in our results of operations since the date of their acquisitions. We have derived this historical consolidated financial data from our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, which have been audited by our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Shareholders’ Equity and Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 and the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon are included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2007 through 2010 consolidated financial data to conform it to classifications adopted in 2011.

The data presented below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K, including “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .”

 

       Years Ended December 31,  
       2011        2010        2009      2008        2007  
       (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

                      

Revenues

     $ 203,117         $ 184,081         $ 179,583       $ 195,706         $ 227,369   

Operating expenses:

                      

Cost of revenues

       137,482           126,069           115,064         124,997           139,373   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

       49,102           40,735           40,390         36,455           62,950   

Depreciation of property and equipment

       5,401           4,903           3,505         2,991           4,879   

Amortization of intangible assets

       4,991           4,131           3,227         2,203           1,890   

Operational restructuring expense

       —             —             —           —             1,644   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

       196,976           175,838           162,186         166,646           210,736   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income

       6,141           8,243           17,397         29,060           16,633   

Gain on bargain purchase, net (1)

       —             —             (2,388      —             —     

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses on short-term intercompany balances

       417           422           (1,595      3,283           (1,152

Interest expense, net

       1,616           1,305           3,025         3,245           13,815   

Loss on debt extinguishment and financial restructuring

       —             1,381           —           —             9,397   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

       4,108           5,135           18,355         22,532           (5,427

Income tax expense (2)

       1,292           1,882           3,028         3,502           1,658   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

       2,816           3,253           15,327         19,030           (7,085

Discontinued operations:

                      

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

       —             —             —           —             20,215   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings

     $ 2,816         $ 3,253         $ 15,327       $ 19,030         $ 13,130   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

                      

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

     $ 0.11         $ 0.14         $ 0.67       $ 0.87         $ (0.62

Earnings from discontinued operations

       —             —             —           —             1.66   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings

     $ 0.11         $ 0.14         $ 0.67       $ 0.87         $ 1.04   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

                      

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

     $ 0.11         $ 0.13         $ 0.65       $ 0.83         $ (0.62

Earnings from discontinued operations

       —             —             —           —             1.66   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings

     $ 0.11         $ 0.13         $ 0.65       $ 0.83         $ 1.04   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents
       December 31,  
       2011        2010        2009        2008        2007  
       (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

                        

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 20,337         $ 18,448         $ 33,026         $ 26,688         $ 42,364   

Working capital

       16,071           17,678           18,479           10,512           16,998   

Total assets

       126,413           106,321           110,513           98,783           122,438   

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

       6,000           9,000           11,070           14,331           38,078   

Total shareholders’ equity

     $ 59,090         $ 48,843         $ 41,439         $ 22,710         $ 2,349   

 

  (1) In July 2009, we acquired the business and certain assets of First Audit Partners LLP. The excess of the fair value of assets acquired over the purchase price resulted in a gain on bargain purchase for this acquisition. See Note 14 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

  (2) Low effective tax rates in 2009 and 2008 are primarily attributable to reductions in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. The low effective tax rate in 2007 is primarily attributable to the non-recognition of loss carry-forward benefits. See Note 1 (i)  and Note 9 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

22


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

We conduct our operations through three reportable operating segments: Recovery Audit Services – Americas, Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific and New Services. The Recovery Audit Services – Americas segment represents recovery audit services (other than healthcare claims recovery audit services) we provide in the U.S., Canada and Latin America. The Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific segment represents recovery audit services (other than healthcare claims recovery audit services) we provide in Europe, Asia and the Pacific region. The New Services segment includes analytics and advisory services as well as healthcare claims recovery audit services. We include the unallocated portion of corporate selling, general and administrative expenses not specifically attributable to the three operating segments in Corporate Support.

Recovery auditing is a business service focused on finding overpayments created by errors in payment transactions, such as missed or inaccurate discounts, allowances and rebates, vendor pricing errors, erroneous coding and duplicate payments. Generally, we earn our recovery audit revenues by identifying overpayments made by our clients, assisting our clients in recovering the overpayments from their vendors, and collecting a specified percentage of the recoveries from our clients as our fee. The fee percentage we earn is based on specific contracts with our clients that generally also specify: (a) time periods covered by the audit; (b) the nature and extent of services we are to provide; and (c) the client’s responsibilities to assist and cooperate with us. Clients generally recover claims by either taking credits against outstanding payables or future purchases from the relevant vendors, or receiving refund checks directly from those vendors. The manner in which a claim is recovered by a client is often dictated by industry practice. In addition, many clients establish client-specific procedural guidelines that we must satisfy prior to submitting claims for client approval. For some services we provide, such as certain of our analytics and advisory services, we earn our compensation in the form of a flat fee, a fee per hour, or a fee per other unit of service.

We earn the vast majority of our recovery audit revenues from clients in the retail industry due to many factors, including the high volume of transactions and the complicated pricing and allowance programs typical in this industry. Changes in consumer spending associated with economic fluctuations generally impact our recovery audit revenues to a lesser degree than they affect individual retailers due to several factors, including:

 

   

Diverse client base – our clients include a diverse mix of discounters, grocery, pharmacy, department and other stores that tend to be impacted to varying degrees by general economic fluctuations, and even in opposite directions from each other depending on their position in the market and their market segment;

 

   

Motivation – when our clients experience a downturn, they frequently are more motivated to use our services to recover prior overpayments to make up for relatively weaker financial performance in their own business operations;

 

   

Nature of claims – the relationship between the dollar amount of recovery audit claims identified and client purchases is non-linear. Claim volumes are generally impacted by purchase volumes, but a number of other factors may have an even more significant impact on claim volumes, including new items being purchased, changes in discount, rebate, marketing allowance and similar programs offered by vendors and changes in a client’s or a vendor’s information processing systems; and

 

   

Timing – the client purchase data on which we perform our recovery audit services is historical data that typically reflects transactions between our clients and their vendors that took place 3 to 15 months prior to the data being provided to us for audit. As a result, we generally experience a delayed impact from economic changes that varies by client and the impact may be positive or negative depending on the individual clients’ circumstances.

While the net impact of the economic environment on our recovery audit revenues is difficult to determine or predict, we believe that for the foreseeable future, our revenues will remain at a level that will not have a significant adverse impact on our liquidity, and we have taken steps to mitigate any adverse impact of an economic downturn on our revenues and overall financial health. These steps include devoting substantial efforts to develop a lower cost service delivery model to enable us to more cost effectively serve our clients. Further, we continue to pursue our ongoing growth strategy to expand our business beyond our core recovery audit services to retailers by growing the

 

23


Table of Contents

portion of our business that provides recovery audit services to enterprises other than retailers and growing our New Services segment which includes our healthcare claims recovery audit services and our analytics and advisory services. Our healthcare claims recovery audit services include services we provide as a participant in the Medicare Recovery Audit Contractor program (the “Medicare RAC program”).

The investments we are making in connection with our growth initiatives have had a significant negative impact on our recent reported financial results. While we generated $14.4 million of incremental revenues in our New Services segment in 2011 compared to 2010, we continue to generate operating losses in this segment. However, our healthcare claims recovery audit services generated improved revenues in 2011 as compared to 2010. The improvement in revenues increased in the second half of 2011 and we believe we will continue to generate increasing revenues in 2012. Offsetting this improvement in healthcare claims recovery audit revenues in the second half of 2011 was a decline in revenues in our analytics and advisory services business. While we will continue to monitor the performance of the New Services segment and will focus on achieving profitability in this segment in the near future, we continue to believe in the growth potential of these services and the opportunity they represent for our Company. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2011 and early in 2012, we invested in additional senior, market-facing talent in our analytics and advisory services and hired senior leaders for our healthcare claims recovery audit service line.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the percentage of revenues represented by certain items in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenues

     67.7        68.5        64.1   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     24.2        22.1        22.5   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     2.7        2.7        1.9   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2.4        2.2        1.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     97.0        95.5        90.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     3.0        4.5        9.7   

Gain on bargain purchase, net

     —          —          (1.3

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses on short-term intercompany balances

     0.2        0.2        (0.9

Interest expense, net

     0.8        0.7        1.7   

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —          0.8        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     2.0        2.8        10.2   

Income tax expense

     0.6        1.0        1.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

     1.4     1.8     8.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues. Revenues were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Recovery Audit Services – Americas

   $ 115,807       $ 115,156       $ 121,561   

Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific

     61,570         57,590         52,489   

New Services

     25,740         11,335         5,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 203,117       $ 184,081       $ 179,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues increased by $19.0 million, or 10.3%, in 2011 and $4.5 million, or 2.5%, in 2010. Below is a discussion of our revenues for our three operating segments.

 

24


Table of Contents

Recovery Audit Services – Americas revenues increased by 0.6% in 2011 and decreased by 5.3% in 2010. We experience changes in our reported revenues based on the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies. Changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to currencies in Canada and Latin America positively impacted reported revenues in both 2011 and 2010. On a constant dollar basis, adjusted for changes in foreign exchange (“FX”) rates, 2011 revenues decreased by 0.5% compared to an increase of 0.6% as reported, and 2010 revenues decreased by 7.5% compared to a decrease of 5.3% as reported.

The slight increase in our Recovery Audit Services – Americas revenues in 2011 was due to a number of factors. Revenues increased 7.7% due to new clients, new geographic territories for existing clients and a promotion from secondary auditor to primary auditor at a significant client. Growth in revenues from existing clients accounted for an increase of 1.6% and revenues from our acquisition of Business Strategy, Inc. (“BSI”) in December 2011 added another 0.6% to our revenues. These increases were offset primarily by discontinued clients and, to a lesser extent, demotions from primary auditor to secondary auditor and from restrictions on claim types imposed by certain clients.

Although we generated year over year increases in revenues in this segment for 2011, we experienced declining revenues in this segment in years prior to 2011 due to reduced liquidity of our clients’ vendors, competitive rate pressures, client attrition, and the impact of our clients developing and strengthening their own internal audit capabilities as a substitute for our services. To address these issues, offset their impact and generate growth in this segment, we began implementing several growth strategies in late 2009. We reinstituted a sales function in 2010, resulting in a significant increase in our client count in recent quarters. We continue to implement our service delivery model transformation designed to make our recovery audit process more cost efficient and effective. We concluded successful pilots of our new service delivery platform in 2011, and are planning to expand its use in 2012. We also are providing greater value to our existing and potential clients by offering adjacent services in the procure-to-pay value chain and to the CFO suite, and by capitalizing on our existing data mining and related competencies. While we are encouraged by some of our recent successes, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to build on them in the future or that we will be able to sustain our current revenue levels in this segment. We have completed our previously disclosed investment program; however, we believe that a certain level of ongoing investments will be necessary for us to continue to grow our revenues in the Recovery Audit Services – Americas segment.

Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific revenues increased by 6.9% in 2011 and by 9.7% in 2010. The changes in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies in Europe, Asia and Australia positively impacted reported revenues in 2011 but adversely impacted reported revenues in 2010. On a constant dollar basis, adjusted for changes in FX rates, 2011 revenues increased by 1.5% compared to an increase of 6.9% as reported, and 2010 revenues increased by 12.8% compared to an increase of 9.7% as reported. The 2011 increase on a constant dollar basis consists of a 7.9% increase in revenues from new clients, partially offset by lower revenues from existing clients and a negligible loss from discontinued clients. The 2010 increase on a constant dollar basis consists of a 17.9% increase in revenues from existing clients and a small gain from new clients, partially offset by a loss in revenues from discontinued clients. As in our Recovery Audit Services – Americas segment, we experience competitive and other pressures in this segment, but to a lesser degree due to the smaller number of competitors with global capabilities. We intend to execute the same strategic initiatives for this segment as we are in the Recovery Audit Services – Americas segment.

New Services revenues increased by 127.1% in 2011 and increased by 104.9% in 2010. We generated these increases in both our analytics and advisory business and our healthcare claims recovery audit business. Approximately 40% of the increase in New Services revenues in 2011 and 2010 is attributable to incremental revenues associated with our acquisitions of Etesius Limited (“Etesius”) in February 2010 and TJG Holdings LLC (“TJG”) in November 2010. The remaining increases resulted from organic growth.

Growth in our analytics and advisory business was very strong through the first half of 2011, but revenues declined in the second half of the year compared to the first half of 2011. As part of our continuing investment in our New Services segment, we realigned this organization and hired three new managing directors in the fourth quarter of 2011. We anticipate that these new managing directors will begin to drive increasing revenues beginning in the second quarter of 2012. We expect our analytics and advisory business revenues to remain below 2011 levels in the first half of 2012, but to exceed 2011 levels in the second half of the year.

 

25


Table of Contents

Growth in our healthcare claims recovery audit business is due primarily to our participation as a subcontractor in three of the Medicare RAC program’s four geographic regions. These revenues grew more slowly in the first half of 2011 than we had anticipated, but the growth accelerated in the third and fourth quarters and we believe this growth will continue into 2012. As in our analytics and advisory business, we hired additional leaders in our healthcare claims recovery audit business in the fourth quarter of 2011 and early in 2012. We expect these new leaders to help manage the growth and to improve our operating performance in this practice area.

Cost of Revenues (“COR”) . COR consists principally of commissions and other forms of variable compensation we pay to our auditors based primarily upon the level of overpayment recoveries and/or profit margins derived therefrom, fixed auditor salaries, compensation paid to various types of hourly support staff, and salaried operational and client service managers for our recovery audit and analytics and advisory services businesses. COR also includes other direct and indirect costs incurred by these personnel, including office rent, travel and entertainment, telephone, utilities, maintenance and supplies and clerical assistance. A significant portion of the components comprising COR is variable and will increase or decrease with increases or decreases in revenues. Beginning in 2011, we reclassified depreciation and amortization to present them separately from COR and selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”). The COR and SG&A expenses presented below for 2010 and 2009 reflect these reclassifications.

COR expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Recovery Audit Services — Americas

   $ 64,946       $ 67,744       $ 67,056   

Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific

     47,105         44,200         39,651   

New Services

     25,431         14,125         8,357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 137,482       $ 126,069       $ 115,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

COR as a percentage of revenues for Recovery Audit Services — Americas was 56.1% in 2011, 58.8% in 2010 and 55.2% in 2009. The increase in COR as a percentage of revenues from 2009 to 2010 is partially attributable to a decline in revenue without a corresponding reduction in COR. We were investing in our various growth and other strategic initiatives, and included significant portions of these costs in Recovery Audit Services — Americas COR in 2010. Although we continued to make these investments in 2011, we began to realize the benefits of the investments and were able to increase revenues and still reduce COR by 4.1%. As we enter 2012, we continue to implement additional facets of our strategic initiatives, and believe we will continue to reduce COR as a percentage of revenues in the coming year.

COR as a percentage of revenues for Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific was 76.5% in 2011, 76.7% in 2010 and 75.5% in 2009. The slight changes in the gross margins in these periods primarily resulted from changes in the mix of audit revenues and from changes in our methods of providing audit services in Europe. We subcontract a significant portion of our audit services in Europe to third-party audit firms, which we refer to as the associate model. We generally earn a lower gross margin from associate model audits than we earn from audits we perform ourselves, which we refer to as employee model audits. In 2011, we generated a greater percentage of our revenues in this segment from associate model audits, which changed the mix of our revenues and negatively impacted our gross margins. We migrated several of the larger audits to an employee model in 2011 and another in January 2012. Although we incur some increased costs during this migration process, we expect that the migrations ultimately will result in higher gross margins for this segment and for the Company as a whole.

The slight increase in COR as a percentage of revenues in 2010 primarily resulted from deferred consideration attributable to the Etesius acquisition.

The higher COR as a percentage of revenues for Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific (76.5% for 2011) compared to Recovery Audit Services — Americas (56.1% for 2011) is due primarily to differences in service delivery models, scale and geographic fragmentation. The Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific segment generally serves fewer clients in each geographic market and generates lower revenues per client than those served by the Company’s Recovery Audit Services — Americas segment.

New Services COR relates primarily to costs of advisory services and costs associated with the Medicare RAC program subcontracts. New Services revenues exceeded COR by $0.3 million in 2011, but COR exceeded revenues by $2.8 million in each of 2010 and 2009 due primarily to our investments in the Medicare RAC program as well as our investments in our analytics and advisory services capabilities.

 

26


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”) . SG&A expenses of the Recovery Audit and New Services segments include the expenses of sales and marketing activities, information technology services and allocated corporate data center costs, human resources, legal, accounting, administration, foreign currency transaction gains and losses other than those relating to short-term intercompany balances, and gains and losses on asset disposals. Corporate Support SG&A represents the unallocated portion of SG&A expenses which are not specifically attributable to our segment activities and include the expenses of information technology services, the corporate data center, human resources, legal, accounting, treasury, administration and stock-based compensation charges.

SG&A in each of our segments previously included foreign currency transaction gains and losses, including the gains and losses related to short-term intercompany balances. Gains and losses result from the re-translation of the foreign subsidiaries’ balances payable to the U.S. parent from their local currency to their U.S. dollar equivalent. Substantial changes from period to period in FX rates have significantly impacted the amount of such gains and losses and likely will continue to do so in the future. In order to highlight the impact of these changes, we now classify the net foreign currency transaction gains and losses on short-term intercompany balances as a non-operating item excluded from operating income. The SG&A expenses presented below for 2010 and 2009 reflect this presentation.

SG&A expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Recovery Audit Services — Americas

   $ 18,479       $ 16,448       $ 14,155   

Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific

     4,627         4,764         5,717   

New Services

     4,907         2,608         762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal for segments

     28,013         23,820         20,634   

Corporate support

     21,089         16,915         19,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,102       $ 40,735       $ 40,390   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recovery Audit Services — Americas SG&A increased 12.3% in 2011 and 16.2% in 2010. These increases resulted primarily from costs incurred in connection with the execution of our growth strategies. The 2011 increase also includes greater incentive compensation accruals and some incremental expenses resulting from our December 2011 BSI acquisition. The increase in 2010 was primarily a result of costs we incurred to build our sales and business development capabilities.

Recovery Audit Services — Europe/Asia-Pacific SG&A decreased 2.9% in 2011 and 16.7% in 2010. The 2010 decrease was primarily attributable to relatively lower severance costs and incentive compensation accruals. Although incentive compensation accruals increased in 2011, most other SG&A expenses decreased in 2011, resulting in the 2.9% decrease between years.

New Services SG&A increased 88.2% in 2011 and 242.3% in 2010. The increase in 2010 was attributable to the additional operating costs of our February 2010 acquisition of Etesius and our November 2010 acquisition of TJG, as well as higher costs relating to our performance of the Medicare RAC program subcontracts and additional sales and business development personnel. These acquisitions also resulted in increased expenses in 2011 due to the inclusion of the acquired entities for the full year in 2011 compared to only a partial year in 2010. In addition, during 2011, we hired additional resources for both our analytics and advisory business and our healthcare claims recovery audit business and incurred additional SG&A expenses associated with the additional personnel.

Corporate Support SG&A includes stock-based compensation charges of $5.1 million in 2011, $4.0 million in 2010 and $3.3 million in 2009. Excluding stock-based compensation charges, Corporate Support SG&A increased 23.7% in 2011 and decreased 21.2% in 2010. The 2010 decrease is attributable to lower 2010 professional fees and a litigation settlement accrual and severance charges in 2009 for which there are no comparable costs in 2010, as well as decreased incentive compensation accruals in 2010. The increase in 2011 is due to higher incentive compensation accruals relative to the decreased incentive compensation accruals in 2010, costs associated with the BSI acquisition, and higher sales and marketing expenses associated with our renewed focus on revenue growth and client retention.

 

27


Table of Contents

Depreciation of property and equipment. Depreciation of property and equipment was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Recovery Audit Services – Americas

   $ 3,491       $ 3,442       $ 2,771   

Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific

     417         354         303   

New Services

     1,493         1,107         431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,401       $ 4,903       $ 3,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increases in depreciation in the Recovery Audit Services segments relate primarily to improvements we made to our IT infrastructure beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009. The increase in depreciation in the New Services segment is due primarily to an increase in the depreciation of capitalized software development costs and software we purchased in the Etesius acquisition.

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Recovery Audit Services – Americas

   $ 2,467       $ 2,427       $ 2,027   

Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific

     1,665         1,403         1,200   

New Services

     859         301         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,991       $ 4,131       $ 3,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in amortization expense in each segment is due to the amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with our recent acquisitions. These acquisitions include the December 2011 acquisition of BSI in Recovery Audit Services – Americas, the July 2009 acquisition of First Audit Partners and the 2011 associate migrations in Recovery Audit Services – Europe / Asia Pacific, the February 2010 acquisition of Etesius in New Services and the November 2010 acquisition of TJG in New Services. We anticipate that amortization expense will increase in 2012 due to the inclusion of a full year of amortization relating to the 2011 acquisitions and the completion of an associate migration in early 2012.

Foreign Currency Transaction (Gains) Losses on Short-Term Intercompany Balances. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses on short-term intercompany balances result from the remeasurement of the foreign subsidiaries’ balances payable to the U.S. parent from their local currency to their U.S. dollar equivalent. Substantial changes from period to period in foreign currency exchange rates may significantly impact the amount of such gains and losses. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies results in recorded losses on short-term intercompany balances receivable from our foreign subsidiaries while the relative weakening of the U.S. dollar results in recorded gains.

In 2009, the local currencies of certain of our foreign subsidiaries with significant short-term intercompany balances strengthened relative to the U.S. dollar, resulting in recorded gains of $1.6 million for the year. The U.S. dollar generally strengthened relative to those foreign currencies in 2010 and 2011, resulting in our recording net foreign currency transaction losses on short-term intercompany balances of $0.4 million in each of those years.

Interest Expense, net and Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. Net interest expense was $1.6 million in 2011, $1.3 million in 2010 and $3.0 million in 2009. We also recorded a $1.4 million loss on extinguishment of debt in 2010. In January 2010, we entered into a new credit facility with SunTrust Bank and repaid our prior term loan from Ableco LLC in full (see “Secured Credit Facility” below for additional information regarding this transaction). The loss on extinguishment of debt consists of the write-off of the unamortized deferred loan costs associated with the prior credit facility. The interest rate on the new credit facility is based on the one-month LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of from 2.25% to 3.5% per annum. The interest rate in effect at December 31, 2011 under the new credit facility was approximately 2.77%, while the prior credit facility bore a minimum interest rate of 9.75%. The increase in net interest expense in 2011 was primarily due to interest expense associated with business acquisition obligations and uncertain tax positions. The decrease in interest expense in 2010 resulted from the lower interest rate on the debt and from lower amortization of loan origination fees under the new credit facility.

 

28


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense. Our reported effective tax rates on earnings approximated 31.5% in 2011, 36.7% in 2010 and 16.5% in 2009. Reported income tax expense in each year primarily results from taxes on the income of foreign subsidiaries. The effective tax rates generally are less than the expected tax rate primarily due to reductions of the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which resulted in the low effective tax rate in 2009. The higher tax rate in 2010 is due to earnings before income taxes from our foreign subsidiaries representing a higher percentage of total earnings before income taxes than in the prior years, partially offset by a reduction in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that resulted from additional deferred tax liabilities that we recorded relating to the Etesius acquisition. The 2011 effective tax rate reflects a higher base rate due to taxes on earnings from foreign subsidiaries and additional accruals for uncertain tax positions in a foreign jurisdiction, partially offset by the reduction of a portion of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets resulting from the additional deferred tax liabilities that we recorded in connection with the BSI acquisition and the reversal of a portion of the valuation allowance attributable to the deferred tax assets of a foreign subsidiary.

As of the end of the past three years, management determined that based on all available evidence, deferred tax asset valuation allowances of $52.0 million in 2011, $54.8 million in 2010 and $58.3 million in 2009 were appropriate. We recorded reductions in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $1.7 million in 2011 and $1.2 million in 2010 as a result of the deferred tax liabilities that we recorded relating to business acquisitions. The remaining reduction in each of the three years was due primarily to lower net deferred tax assets for which we recorded a portion of the valuation allowance. We expensed or impaired a significant amount of intangible assets in previous years for financial reporting purposes. For income tax reporting purposes, we continue to deduct the amortization of these intangible assets over their tax lives, generally 15 years. The excess of tax amortization over amortization for financial reporting purposes is reducing the related deferred tax asset each year, resulting in lower deferred tax assets and a lower related valuation allowance, although increases in our net operating losses have partially offset this impact in recent years. This reduction in deferred tax assets related to intangible assets was $5.8 million in 2011, $6.1 million in 2010 and $5.3 million in 2009, and we currently project this effect to continue at these elevated levels through 2013 before declining in subsequent years.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $75.2 million of U.S. federal loss carry-forwards available to reduce future U.S. federal taxable income. The federal loss carry-forwards expire through 2031. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $90.5 million of state loss carry-forwards available to reduce future state taxable income. The state loss carry-forwards expire to varying degrees between 2016 and 2031 and are subject to certain limitations.

On March 17, 2006, the Company experienced an ownership change as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”). This ownership change resulted in an annual IRC Section 382 limitation that limits the use of certain tax attribute carry-forwards. Of the $75.2 million of U.S. federal loss carry-forwards available to the Company, $19.2 million of the loss carry-forwards are subject to an annual usage limitation of $1.4 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2011, we had $20.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and no borrowings under the revolver portion of our credit facility. The revolver had approximately $8.3 million of calculated availability for borrowings at the end of 2011. The Company was in compliance with the covenants in its SunTrust credit facility as of December 31, 2011.

The $20.3 million in cash and cash equivalents includes $6.5 million held in the U.S., $4.0 million held in Canada, and $9.8 million held in other foreign jurisdictions, primarily in the United Kingdom, France and Brazil. Certain foreign jurisdictions restrict the amount of cash that can be transferred to the U.S. or impose taxes and penalties on such transfers of cash. To the extent we have excess cash in foreign locations that could be used in, or is needed by, our operations in the U.S., we may incur significant penalties and/or taxes to repatriate these funds. Generally, we have not provided deferred taxes on the undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries as we consider these earnings to be permanently reinvested. However, we do not consider the earnings of our Canadian subsidiary to be permanently invested, and have provided deferred taxes relating to the potential repatriation of the funds held in Canada.

 

29


Table of Contents

Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $19.3 million in 2011, $3.5 million in 2010 and $18.2 million in 2009. These amounts consist of two components, specifically, net earnings adjusted for certain non-cash items (such as depreciation, amortization stock-based compensation expense, and deferred income taxes) and changes in assets and liabilities, primarily working capital, as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010     2009  

Net earnings

   $ 2,816       $ 3,253      $ 15,327   

Adjustments for certain non-cash items

     13,945         13,636        6,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     16,761         16,889        21,803   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     2,532         (13,420     (3,637
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 19,293       $ 3,469      $ 18,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The $15.8 million improvement in cash provided by operating activities in 2011 compared to 2010 was due to changes in assets and liabilities, primarily working capital. The 2011 improvement relates primarily to changes in accounts payable and compensation accruals as we used cash in 2010 to pay the 2009 accruals, required less cash in 2011 to pay the lower 2010 incentive compensation accruals, and increased these accruals again in 2011. These changes in accounts payable and compensation accruals resulted in $17.2 million less cash used for working capital, which was partially offset by $2.1 million of additional cash used to fund the net increase in billed and unbilled receivables. This increase in billed and unbilled receivables is due primarily to our increase in revenues from our participation in the Medicare RAC program, for which we generally cannot invoice until the cash is collected by the prime contractors for whom we operate as a subcontractor. The increase in unbilled receivables was also due to increases in revenues from recovery audit clients for which we have agreed not to invoice the clients until a later date even though we have already earned the related revenues.

The $14.7 million decline in cash provided by operating activities in 2010 compared to 2009 was due to lower net earnings, partially offset by higher non-cash charges. The greater use of cash for working capital needs resulted from an increase in receivables primarily relating to the Medicare RAC program and deferral of costs associated with this program, as well as the decrease in incentive compensation accruals in 2010 as noted above.

We include an itemization of these changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

We incurred operating losses from our healthcare claims recovery audit services within our New Services segment of approximately $4.5 million in 2011, $4.8 million in 2010 and $4.0 million in 2009, primarily related to the Medicare RAC program. Our investments in software development and infrastructure costs related to Medicare RAC program were $1.5 million in 2011, $0.8 million in 2010 and $1.0 million in 2009. We also have unbilled receivables, deferred costs (included in other current assets), as well as capitalized software development costs and other fixed assets associated with this program. These losses and investments have had a significant negative impact on our cash flows. We expect to continue to increase receivables and other current assets, and incur capital expenditures relating to this program in 2012. However, we increased claim submission levels in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 and now believe that we will generate sufficient revenues to enable us to decrease the amount of cash required to fund these operations going forward.

We have one customer, Wal-Mart Stores Inc., that has accounted for 10% or more of our annual revenues in each of the past three years. The loss of this customer would negatively impact our operating cash flows and would potentially have a material adverse impact on the Company’s liquidity.

Investing Activities and Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization expense was $10.4 million in 2011, $9.0 million in 2010 and $6.7 million in 2009. Net cash used for capital expenditures was $8.3 million in 2011, $6.9 million in 2010 and $5.5 million in 2009. These capital expenditures primarily related to investments we made to upgrade our information technology infrastructure, develop our Next-Generation Recovery Audit service delivery model and develop software relating to our participation in the Medicare RAC program.

Capital expenditures are discretionary and we currently expect future capital expenditures to decline slightly from 2011 levels as we continue to enhance our Next-Generation Recovery Audit service delivery model and our healthcare audit systems. We may alter our capital expenditure plans should we experience changes in our operating results which cause us to adjust our operating plans.

 

30


Table of Contents

Business Acquisitions

We made several business acquisitions during the past three years, each of which is discussed more fully in Note 14 – Business Acquisitions in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. A summary of these activities follows.

In July 2009, we acquired the business and certain assets of First Audit Partners LLP (“FAP”), a privately-held European provider of recovery audit services based in Cambridge, United Kingdom, for a purchase price valued at $5.8 million. The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $1.6 million that we paid in July 2009. We made the first of two deferred payments required as part of the FAP acquisition in January 2010 in the amount of £0.5 million ($0.8 million) and the second payment of £0.8 million ($1.3 million) in July 2010. Additional variable consideration may be due based on the operating results generated by the acquired business over a four year period from the date of acquisition. From the acquisition date to December 31, 2011, we paid £0.7 million ($1.2 million) of the earn-out and recorded accretion and other adjustments of the liability of $1.0 million, resulting in an earn-out payable of $1.7 million as of December 31, 2011.

In February 2010, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Etesius Limited, a privately-held European provider of purchasing and payables technologies and spend analytics based in Chelmsford, United Kingdom for a purchase price valued at $3.1 million. The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $2.8 million and a $0.3 million payment for obligations on behalf of Etesius shareholders that we paid in February 2010 as well as deferred payments of $1.2 million over four years from the date of the acquisition. We also may be required to make additional payments of up to $3.8 million over a four-year period if the financial performance of this service line meets certain targets. These payments would be to Etesius employees that we hired in connection with the acquisition. We will not be obligated to make the deferred and earn-out payments to these employees if they resign or are terminated under certain circumstances. We therefore are recognizing the accrual of the deferred payments as compensation expense. From the acquisition date to December 31, 2011, we paid $0.1 million of the deferred payments. An additional $1.1 million will be due through February 2014 unless there is a termination of employment of these employees under certain circumstances. We have not paid or accrued any earn-out payments as of December 31, 2011.

In November 2010, we acquired the business and certain assets of TJG Holdings LLC (“TJG”), a privately-held provider of finance and procurement operations improvement services based in Chicago, Illinois for a purchase price valued at $3.7 million. The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $2.3 million that we paid in November 2010. Additional payments of up to a maximum of $1.9 million may be due to the sellers in four semi-annual payments if certain performance targets are met. We recorded $1.4 million as the estimated fair value of these payments at the acquisition date. From the acquisition date to December 31, 2011, we paid $0.7 million of the earn-out and recorded accretion and other adjustments of the liability of $0.4 million, resulting in an earn-out payable of $1.1 million as of December 31, 2011.

In December 2011, we acquired Business Strategy, Inc. and substantially all of the assets of Strategic Document Solutions, LLC (collectively, “BSI”), both based in Grand Rapids, Michigan, for a purchase price valued at $12.2 million. BSI is a provider of recovery audit and related procure-to-pay process improvement services for commercial clients, and a provider of customized software solutions and outsourcing solutions to improve back office payment processes. The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $2.8 million and 640,614 shares of our common stock having a value of $3.7 million. An additional payment of approximately $0.8 million is due in the first quarter of 2012 for working capital received in excess of a specified minimum level. Additional variable consideration of up to $5.5 million, payable via a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, may be due based on the performance of the acquired businesses over a two year period from the date of acquisition. We may also be required to pay additional consideration of up to $8.0 million, payable in cash over a period of two years, based on certain net cash fee receipts from a particular recovery audit claim at a specific client. We recorded an additional $4.9 million payable based on management’s estimate of the fair value of the variable consideration payable.

Financing Activities and Interest Expense. Net cash used in financing activities was $5.4 million in 2011, $3.5 million in 2010 and $5.7 million in 2009. As described in more detail below, we entered into a new credit facility in January 2010. We used the $15.0 million term loan proceeds to repay the remaining $14.1 million of outstanding principal under our prior term loan and to pay $0.5 million in loan costs incurred in connection with the new credit facility. We made mandatory principal payments totaling $3.0 million on the new credit facility in each of 2011 and

 

31


Table of Contents

2010. In 2011, we also paid $1.7 million of deferred acquisition consideration and repurchased $1.1 million of stock from employees to allow them to satisfy their tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units.

During 2009, we made mandatory principal payments totaling $5.0 million on our then-existing term loan and reduced our capital lease obligations by $0.3 million.

Secured Credit Facility

On January 19, 2010, we entered into a four-year revolving credit and term loan agreement with SunTrust Bank (“SunTrust”). We used substantially all the funds from the SunTrust term loan to repay in full the $14.1 million outstanding under our then-existing Ableco LLC term loan. The SunTrust credit facility consists of a $15.0 million committed revolving credit facility and a $15.0 million term loan. The SunTrust credit facility is guaranteed by the Company and its domestic subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of our assets. Amounts available for borrowing under the SunTrust revolver are based on our eligible accounts receivable and other factors. Borrowing availability under the SunTrust revolver at December 31, 2011 was $8.3 million. We had no borrowings outstanding under the SunTrust revolver as of December 31, 2011.

The SunTrust term loan requires quarterly principal payments of $0.8 million from March 2010 and through December 2013, and a final payment of $3.0 million in January 2014. The loan agreement requires mandatory prepayments with the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, equity offerings and insurance proceeds received by the Company. The loan agreement also requires an additional annual prepayment contingently payable based on excess cash flow (“ECF”) if our leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement, exceeds a certain threshold. Our leverage ratio was below the threshold in 2011 and 2010 and ECF payments were not required on the loan in either year.

Interest on both the revolver and term loan are payable monthly and accrued at an index rate based on the one-month LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin as determined by the loan agreement. The applicable interest rate margin varies from 2.25% per annum to 3.5% per annum, depending on our consolidated leverage ratio, and is determined in accordance with a pricing grid under the SunTrust loan agreement. The applicable margin was 2.5% and the interest rate was approximately 2.77% at December 31, 2011. We also must pay a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum, payable quarterly, on the unused portion of the $15.0 million SunTrust revolving credit facility.

The SunTrust credit facility includes customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants binding on the Company, including delivery of financial statements and other reports, maintenance of existence, and transactions with affiliates. The negative covenants limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to incur debt, incur liens, make investments, sell assets, repurchase shares of its capital stock or declare or pay dividends on its capital stock. The financial covenants included in the SunTrust credit facility, among other things, limit the amount of capital expenditures the Company can make, set forth maximum leverage and net funded debt ratios for the Company and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and also require the Company to maintain minimum consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. In addition, the SunTrust credit facility includes customary events of default.

In September 2010 we entered into an amendment of the SunTrust credit facility that lowered the required minimum adjusted EBITDA and fixed charge coverage ratio through December 31, 2010. In October 2010 we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with SunTrust that limits our exposure to increases in the one-month LIBOR rate. In October 2011 we entered into an amendment of the SunTrust credit facility that increased our capital expenditure limits for 2011 and 2012.

We believe that we will have sufficient borrowing capacity and cash generated from operations to fund our capital and operational needs for at least the next twelve months.

 

32


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

As discussed in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, the Company has certain contractual obligations and other commitments. A summary of those commitments as of December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period (in thousands)  

Contractual obligations

   Total      Less
Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5
Years
     More
Than

5  Years
 

Long-term debt obligations (1)

   $ 9,000       $ 3,000       $ 6,000       $ —         $ —     

Interest and commitment fee on Secured Credit Facility (2)

     503         293         210         —           —     

Operating lease obligations

     22,791         7,843         13,968         966         14   

Payments to Messrs. Cook and Toma (3)

     992         59         123         130         680   

Purchase price payments for business acquisitions (4)

     9,106         3,502         5,604         —           —     

Expected interest and compensation relating to business acquisition obligations (5)

     2,538         1,526         1,012         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,930       $ 16,223       $ 26,917       $ 1,096       $ 694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes variable rate interest (LIBOR plus 2.25% to 3.50% per annum) payable monthly. For an estimate of interest due on the loan see footnote (2).
(2) Represents the estimated commitment fee and interest due on the Secured Credit Facility using the interest rate as of December 31, 2011 and assuming no borrowings on the revolver. See Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Credit Agreement.
(3) Represents estimated reimbursements payable for healthcare costs incurred by these former executives.
(4) Represents the estimated present value of deferred payments relating to our acquisitions of FAP, Etesius, TJG and BSI – see “Business Acquisitions” above. These amounts generally represent the estimated present value of the variable consideration which may be due based on cash flows generated by the acquired business over the next few years. Certain of the obligations are denominated in British pounds sterling. The U.S. dollar amounts included above are based on December 31, 2011 foreign exchange rates.
(5) Represents the estimated interest and compensation expense to be incurred to increase the present value amounts for business acquisition obligations listed above to the estimated payment amounts.

As of December 31, 2011, our liabilities for uncertain tax positions were $2.6 million, which are classified as current. We are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of future cash flows related to such amounts as the timing is dependent on examinations by taxing authorities.

2006 Management Incentive Plan

At the annual meeting of shareholders held on August 11, 2006, the shareholders of the Company approved a proposal granting authorization to issue up to 2.1 million shares of our common stock under the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (“2006 MIP”). On September 29, 2006, an aggregate of 682,301 Performance Units were awarded under the 2006 MIP to seven executive officers of the Company. The awards had an aggregate grant date fair value of $4.0 million. At Performance Unit settlement dates (which vary by participant), participants are issued that number of shares of Company common stock equal to 60% of the number of Performance Units being settled, and are paid in cash an amount equal to 40% of the fair market value of that number of shares of common stock equal to the number of Performance Units being settled. The awards were 50% vested at the award date and the remainder of the awards vested ratably over approximately the following eighteen months with the awards fully vesting on March 17, 2008. On March 28, 2007, the Company granted 20,000 Performance Units to an additional executive officer under the 2006 MIP. The award had a grant date fair value of $0.3 million and was scheduled to vest ratably over four years. The awards contain certain anti-dilution and change of control provisions. As a result, the number of Performance Units awarded were automatically adjusted on a pro-rata basis upon the conversion into common stock of the Company’s senior convertible notes and Series A convertible preferred stock. The Company granted an additional 1,436,484 Performance Units in 2007 and 122,073 Performance Units in 2006 with aggregate grant date fair values of $24.0 million in 2007 and $1.6 million in 2006 as a result of this automatic adjustment provision.

All Performance Units must be settled before April 30, 2016. We recognized compensation expense (credit) of less than $0.1 million in 2011, $0.1 million in 2010 and $(0.2 million) in 2009 related to these 2006 MIP Performance Unit awards. The 2009 compensation credit resulted from the remeasurement of the liability-classified portion of the awards to fair value based on the market price of our common stock. We determined the amount of compensation expense recognized on the assumption that none of the Performance Unit awards will be forfeited.

 

33


Table of Contents

Cash payments relating to these MIP awards were $0.1 million in 2011, $0.6 million in 2010 and $1.9 million in 2009. There were no MIP awards outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

Critical Accounting Policies

We describe our significant accounting policies in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. However, certain of our accounting policies are particularly important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations and require the application of significant judgment by management. As a result, they are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We consider accounting policies that involve the use of estimates that meet both of the following criteria to be “critical” accounting policies. First, the accounting estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time that the accounting estimate is made. Second, alternative estimates in the current period, or changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely in future periods, would have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations.

In addition to estimates that meet the “critical” estimate criteria, we also make many other accounting estimates in preparing our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. All estimates, whether or not deemed critical, affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, refund liabilities, accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts, goodwill and other intangible assets and income taxes. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience, information available prior to the issuance of the consolidated financial statements and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. This information forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Materially different results can occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known, including changes in those estimates not deemed “critical”.

We believe the following critical accounting policies, among others, involve our more significant estimates and judgments we used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We have discussed the development and selection of accounting estimates, including those deemed “critical,” and the associated disclosures in this Form 10-K with the audit committee of the Board of Directors.

 

   

Revenue Recognition. We generally recognize revenues on the accrual basis except with respect to an insignificant number of our international units where we recognize revenues on the cash basis. We generally recognize revenues for a contractually specified percentage of amounts recovered when we have determined that our clients have received economic value (generally through credits taken against existing accounts payable due to the involved vendors or refund checks received from those vendors), and when we have met the following criteria: (a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) services have been rendered; (c) the fee billed to the client is fixed or determinable; and (d) collectability is reasonably assured. Additionally, for purposes of determining appropriate timing of recognition and for internal control purposes, we rely on customary business practices and processes for documenting that the criteria described in (a) through (d) above have been met. Such customary business practices and processes may vary significantly by client. On occasion, it is possible that a transaction has met all of the revenue recognition criteria described above but we do not recognize revenues, unless we can otherwise determine that criteria (a) through (d) above have been met, because our customary business practices and processes specific to that client have not been completed. The determination that we have met each of the aforementioned criteria, particularly the determination of the timing of economic benefit received by the client and the determination that collectability is reasonably assured, requires the application of significant judgment by management and a misapplication of this judgment could result in inappropriate recognition of revenues.

 

34


Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2011, we changed the point at which we recognize revenue for our healthcare claims recovery audit services within our New Services segment based on our gaining sufficient experience with auditing such claims. We now recognize revenue without formal client sign-off provided that we can objectively demonstrate that the acceptance criteria specified by the client are satisfied. This change resulted in a $1.4 million increase in revenues, a $0.4 million increase in net earnings and a $0.02 increase in basic and diluted earnings per common share in 2011.

 

   

Unbilled Receivables & Refund Liabilities . Unbilled receivables relate to claims for which our clients have received economic value but for which we contractually have agreed not to invoice the clients. Unbilled receivables arise when a portion of our fee is deferred at the time of the initial invoice. At a later date (which can be up to a year after the original invoice, or a year after completion of the audit period), we invoice the unbilled receivable amount. Notwithstanding the deferred due date, our clients acknowledge that we have earned this unbilled receivable at the time of the original invoice, but have agreed to defer billing the client for the related services.

Refund liabilities result from reductions in the economic value previously received by our clients with respect to vendor claims identified by us and for which we previously have recognized revenues. We satisfy such refund liabilities either by offsets to amounts otherwise due from clients or by cash refunds to clients. We compute the estimate of our refund liabilities at any given time based on actual historical refund data.

We record periodic changes in unbilled receivables and refund liabilities as adjustments to revenues.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we revised our estimate of expected refund rates of unbilled receivables in our Recovery Audit Services – Americas operating segment. We obtained sufficient historical data on our realization of paybacks from unbilled receivables that enabled us to make this change to our method of calculating this estimate. The impact of this change resulted in a $0.2 million increase in fourth quarter 2010 net earnings, or less than $0.01 per basic and diluted share. We do not expect that this change in estimate will have a material impact on our net earnings in future periods.

 

   

Goodwill and Other Intangible Asset s. We assess the recoverability of our goodwill and other intangible assets during the fourth quarter of each year, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed its fair value. For our goodwill impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2011, we implemented Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Update No. 2011-08 (see New Accounting Standards in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K) and elected to assess qualitative factors prior to performing the two-step process utilized in this testing. Under the new guidance, we are not required to calculate the fair value of our reporting units that hold goodwill unless we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of these reporting units is less than their carrying values. In this analysis, we considered a number of factors, including changes in our legal, business and regulatory climates, changes in competition or key personnel, macroeconomic factors impacting our company or our clients, our recent financial performance and expectations of future performance and other pertinent factors. Based on this analysis, we determined that it was not necessary for us to perform the two-step process, and we did not record an impairment charge in 2011. We last calculated the fair value of our reporting units that hold goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2010, at which time we used independent business valuation professionals to estimate fair value and determined that fair value exceeded carrying value for all relevant reporting units.

In connection with the business acquisitions we completed in 2011, we recorded additional goodwill of $8.0 million and additional intangible assets of $4.1 million consisting primarily of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trademarks. In connection with the business acquisitions we completed in 2010, we recorded additional goodwill of $0.6 million and additional intangible assets of $3.9 million consisting primarily of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade names. We determined these amounts based on estimates we made and on valuation reports we obtained from third parties. We generally use accelerated amortization methods for customer relationships and trade names, and straight-line amortization for non-compete agreements.

 

35


Table of Contents
   

Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate is based on historical and anticipated future taxable income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant judgment is required in determining the effective tax rate and in evaluating our tax positions. Tax regulations require items to be included in the tax returns at different times than the items are reflected in the financial statements. As a result, our effective tax rate reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K is different than that reported in our tax returns. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible on our tax returns, and some are temporary differences, such as depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in our tax returns in future years for which we have already recorded the tax benefit in the statement of operations. We establish valuation allowances to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be realized. We adjust these valuation allowances in light of changing facts and circumstances. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in our consolidated financial statements for which payment has been deferred, or expense for which a deduction has already been taken on our tax returns but has not yet been recognized as an expense in our consolidated financial statements.

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In determining the amount of valuation allowance to record, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods, and the implementation of tax planning strategies. Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence we considered in this determination.

As a result of this review in 2011, we released a portion of our valuation allowance relating to a foreign subsidiary, and recorded $0.5 million of tax benefit in the fourth quarter of 2011. Also in the fourth quarter of 2011, management recorded the initial purchase accounting entries for the December 2011 acquisition of Business Strategy, Inc. As a part of this process, we recorded a $1.7 million reduction in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that resulted from the deferred tax liabilities that we recorded relating to the acquisition. This reduction was accounted for as an income tax benefit in the fourth quarter of 2011.

We apply a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We refer to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. Our policy for recording interest and penalties associated with tax positions is to record such items as a component of earnings before income taxes. As a part of an ongoing Canadian tax audit, we continue to defend our tax position related to the valuation of an intercompany transaction. We recognized $0.6 million of additional tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2011 to reflect our estimate of the potential tax due based on our continuing discussions with the Canadian tax authorities.

 

   

Stock-Based Compensation. We account for awards of equity instruments issued to employees under the fair value method of accounting and recognize such amounts in our statements of operations. We measure compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on the date of grant and recognize compensation expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income using the straight-line method over the service period over which we expect the awards to vest. We recognize compensation costs for awards with performance conditions based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions. We accrue compensation cost if we believe it is probable that the performance condition(s) will be achieved and do not accrue compensation cost if we believe it is not probable that the performance condition(s) will be achieved.

We estimate the fair value of all time-vested options as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.

 

36


Table of Contents

We estimate the fair value of awards of restricted shares and nonvested shares as being equal to the market value of the common stock on the date of the award. We classify our share-based payments as either liability-classified awards or as equity-classified awards. We remeasure liability-classified awards to fair value at each balance sheet date until the award is settled. We measure equity-classified awards at their grant date fair value and do not subsequently remeasure them. We have classified our share-based payments which are settled in our common stock as equity-classified awards and our share-based payments that are settled in cash as liability-classified awards. Compensation costs related to equity-classified awards generally are equal to the grant-date fair value of the award amortized over the vesting period of the award. The liability for liability-classified awards generally is equal to the fair value of the award as of the balance sheet date multiplied by the percentage vested at the time. We charge (or credit) the change in the liability amount from one balance sheet date to another to compensation expense.

Stock-based compensation expense was $5.1 million in 2011, $4.0 million in 2010 and $3.3 million in 2009. We discuss stock-based compensation in more detail in Note 1(l) and Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

New Accounting Standards

Refer to Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of recent accounting standards and pronouncements.

 

37


Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Market Risk. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar although we transact business in various foreign locations and currencies. As a result, our financial results could be significantly affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we provide our services. Our operating results are exposed to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies of the other countries in which we operate. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against other currencies, the value of foreign functional currency revenues decreases. When the U.S. dollar weakens, the value of the foreign functional currency revenues increases. Overall, we are a net receiver of currencies other than the U.S. dollar and, as such, benefit from a weaker dollar. We therefore are adversely affected by a stronger dollar relative to major currencies worldwide. In 2011, we recognized $23.8 million of operating income from operations located outside the U.S., virtually all of which we accounted for originally in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Upon translation into U.S. dollars, such operating income would increase or decrease, assuming a hypothetical 10% change in weighted-average foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, by approximately $2.4 million. We do not have any arrangements in place currently to hedge our foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk . Our interest income and expense are sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. In this regard, changes in U.S. interest rates affect the interest earned on our cash equivalents as well as interest paid on our debt. We had $9.0 million outstanding under a term loan and $8.3 million of calculated borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2011, but had no amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility as of that date. Interest on both the revolver and the term loan are payable monthly and accrue at an index rate using the one-month LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin as determined by the loan agreement. The applicable interest rate margin varies from 2.25% per annum to 3.5% per annum and was 2.77% at December 31, 2011. Assuming full utilization of the revolving credit facility, a hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates applicable to the revolver would result in an approximate $0.1 million change in annual pre-tax income. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates applicable to the term loan would result in an approximate $0.1 million change in annual pre-tax income.

In order to mitigate some of this interest rate risk, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with SunTrust Bank in October 2010 under which we pay additional interest on a notional amount of $3.8 million through December 31, 2013 to the extent that the one-month LIBOR rate is below 1.23%, and receive payments from SunTrust Bank to the extent the index exceeds this level. The notional amount is equal to the final two payments due under the term loan in December 2013 and January 2014. Currently, LIBOR is below 1.23% and we are paying a minimal amount of additional interest under this agreement. Should LIBOR rates increase above the 1.23% level, we will incur additional interest expense on all of the amounts outstanding under our credit facility, but will offset a portion of this additional expense with the income we earn from the swap agreement.

 

38


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page
Number
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     40   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     41   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     42   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     43   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     44   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     45   

 

39


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

PRGX Global, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PRGX Global, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PRGX Global, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 , in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 14, 2012

 

40


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Statements of Operations

      

Revenues

   $ 203,117      $ 184,081      $ 179,583   

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenues

     137,482        126,069        115,064   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     49,102        40,735        40,390   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     5,401        4,903        3,505   

Amortization of intangible assets

     4,991        4,131        3,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     196,976        175,838        162,186   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     6,141        8,243        17,397   

Gain on bargain purchase, net ( Note 14 )

     —          —          2,388   

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses on short-term intercompany balances

     417        422        (1,595

Interest expense

     (1,904     (1,451     (3,229

Interest income

     288        146        204   

Loss on debt extinguishment ( Note 7 )

     —          (1,381     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     4,108        5,135        18,355   

Income tax expense (Note 9)

     1,292        1,882        3,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 2,816      $ 3,253      $ 15,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share (Note 5)

   $ 0.11      $ 0.14      $ 0.67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share (Note 5)

   $ 0.11      $ 0.13      $ 0.65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (Note 5) :

      

Basic

     24,634        23,906        22,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     25,029        24,144        23,560   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statements of Comprehensive Income

      

Net earnings

   $ 2,816      $ 3,253      $ 15,327   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (519     380        183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 2,297      $ 3,633      $ 15,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

41


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,337      $ 18,448   

Restricted cash

     64        64   

Receivables:

    

Contract receivables, less allowances of $811 in 2011 and $591 in 2010:

    

Billed

     30,583        31,144   

Unbilled

     10,041        4,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     40,624        35,893   

Employee advances and miscellaneous receivables, less allowances of $272 in 2011 and $669 in 2010

     1,343        827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

     41,967        36,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,571        3,586   

Deferred income taxes (Note 9)

     23        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     67,962        58,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment:

    

Computer and other equipment

     24,993        23,068   

Furniture and fixtures

     2,980        2,982   

Leasehold improvements

     3,066        3,073   

Software

     19,753        13,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     50,792        43,068   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (32,206     (27,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     18,586        15,695   

Goodwill (Note 6) .

     13,194        5,196   

Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of $22,115 in 2011 and $17,574 in 2010 (Note 6)

     23,406        23,855   

Unbilled receivables

     1,672        1,462   

Deferred loan costs, net of accumulated amortization (Note 7)

     376        558   

Deferred income taxes (Note 9)

     831        403   

Other assets

     386        298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 126,413      $ 106,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 15,035      $ 14,365   

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     21,920        13,871   

Refund liabilities

     6,746        7,179   

Deferred revenues

     1,688        1,381   

Current portions of debt (Note 7)

     3,000        3,000   

Business acquisition obligations (Note 14)

     3,502        1,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     51,891        41,176   

Long-term debt ( Note 7 )

     6,000        9,000   

Noncurrent business acquisition obligations (Note 14)

     5,604        2,435   

Refund liabilities

     1,000        982   

Other long-term liabilities

     2,828        3,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     67,323        57,478   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2, 7, 8, 11 and 12)

    

Shareholders’ equity (Notes 11 and 13) :

    

Common stock, no par value; $.01 stated value per share. Authorized 50,000,000 shares; 25,108,754 shares issued and outstanding in 2011 and 23,932,774 shares issued and outstanding in 2010.

     251        239   

Additional paid-in capital

     574,266        566,328   

Accumulated deficit

     (518,592     (521,408

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3,165        3,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     59,090        48,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 126,413      $ 106,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

42


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
     Shares     Amount            

Balance at December 31, 2008

     21,789,645      $ 218      $ 559,359      $ (539,988   $ 3,121      $ —        $ 22,710   

Net earnings

     —          —          —          15,327        —          —          15,327   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —          —          —          —          183        —          183   

Issuances of common stock:

              

Restricted share awards

     817,905        8        (8     —          —          —          —     

Restricted shares remitted by employees for taxes

     (15,096     —          (116     —          —          —          (116

Stock option exercises

     9,375        —          26        —          —          —          26   

2006 MIP Performance Unit settlements

     884,473        9        (9     —          —          —          —     

Forfeited restricted share awards

     (134,656     (1     1        —          —          —          —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     —          —          —          —          —          (246     (246

Retirement of treasury stock

     (78,754     (1     (245     —          —          246        —     

Stock-based compensation expense

     —          —          3,555        —          —          —          3,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     23,272,892        233        562,563        (524,661     3,304        —          41,439   

Net earnings

     —          —          —          3,253        —          —          3,253   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —          —          —          —          380        —          380   

Issuances of common stock:

              

Restricted share awards

     560,460        6        (6     —          —          —          —     

Restricted shares remitted by employees for taxes

     (28,547     —          (214     —          —          —          (214

Stock option exercises

     38,633        —          109        —          —          —          109   

2006 MIP Performance Unit settlements

     134,490        1        (1     —          —          —          —     

Forfeited restricted share awards

     (45,154     (1     1        —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation expense

     —          —          3,876        —          —          —          3,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     23,932,774        239        566,328        (521,408     3,684        —          48,843   

Net earnings

     —          —          —          2,816        —          —          2,816   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —          —          —          —          (519     —          (519

Issuances of common stock:

              

Restricted share awards

     694,030        7        (7     —          —          —          —     

Shares issued for acquisition

     640,614        6        3,716        —          —          —          3,722   

Restricted shares remitted by employees for taxes

     (132,974     (1     (1,062     —          —          —          (1,063

Stock option exercises

     116,073        1        352        —          —          —          353   

2006 MIP Performance Unit settlements

     26,898        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Forfeited restricted share awards

     (168,661     (1     1        —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation expense

     —          —          4,938        —          —          —          4,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     25,108,754      $ 251      $ 574,266      $ (518,592   $ 3,165      $ —        $ 59,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

43


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net earnings

   $ 2,816      $ 3,253      $ 15,327   

Adjustments to reconcile earnings from operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Gain on bargain purchase, net

     —          —          (2,388

Depreciation and amortization

     10,392        9,034        6,732   

Amortization of debt discount, premium and deferred loan costs

     188        1,539        789   

Stock-based compensation expense

     5,093        3,980        3,345   

Loss on disposals of property, plant and equipment, net

     6        15        109   

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses on short-term intercompany balances

     417        422        (1,595

Deferred income taxes

     (2,151     (1,354     (516

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:

      

Restricted cash

     —          193        (195

Billed receivables

     1,717        (1,757     1,092   

Unbilled receivables

     (5,419     (320     1,466   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (718     (1,400     183   

Other assets

     (455     56        55   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     110        (2,529     (936

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     8,289        (6,255     (3,163

Refund liabilities

     (837     (39     (567

Deferred revenues

     (338     (139     405   

Noncurrent compensation obligations

     432        (707     (1,589

Other long-term liabilities

     (249     (523     (388
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     19,293        3,469        18,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (3,155     (7,741     (2,029

Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposal proceeds

     (8,287     (6,934     (5,511
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (11,442     (14,675     (7,540
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Repayments of former credit facility ( Note 7 )

     —          (14,070     (5,315

Repayments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     (3,000     (3,260     —     

Proceeds from term loan ( Note 7 )

     —          15,000        —     

Payments for deferred loan costs

     (6     (666     (50

Payments of deferred acquisition consideration

     (1,694     (409     —     

Repurchases of common stock

     —          —          (246

Restricted stock remitted by employees for taxes

     (1,063     (214     (116

Proceeds from stock option exercises

     353        109        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,410     (3,510     (5,701
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (552     138        1,413   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     1,889        (14,578     6,338   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     18,448        33,026        26,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 20,337      $ 18,448      $ 33,026   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow statement information:

      

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 422      $ 570      $ 1,939   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net of refunds received

   $ 4,235      $ 2,743      $ 4,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred and contingent business acquisition consideration ( Note 14 )

   $ 5,643      $ 1,638      $ 4,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

44


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

The principal business of PRGX Global, Inc. and subsidiaries is providing recovery audit services to large businesses and government agencies having numerous payment transactions. These businesses include, but are not limited to:

 

   

retailers such as discount, department, specialty, grocery and drug stores;

 

   

business enterprises other than retailers such as manufacturers, financial services firms, and pharmaceutical companies;

 

   

healthcare payers, both private sector health insurance companies and state and federal government payers such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”); and

 

   

federal and state government agencies.

Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, “PRGX,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to PRGX Global, Inc. and its subsidiaries. PRGX currently provides services to clients in 38 countries.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2010 financial statements to conform to the presentations adopted in 2011. We now reflect depreciation and amortization as separate line items in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. We also now reflect net foreign currency transaction gains and losses on short-term intercompany balances (previously included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses”) as a non-operating item excluded from operating income.

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(b) Revenue Recognition, Unbilled Receivables and Refund Liabilities

We base our revenues on specific contracts with our clients. These contracts generally specify: (a) time periods covered by the audit; (b) nature and extent of audit services we are to provide; (c) the client’s duties in assisting and cooperating with us; and (d) fees payable to us, generally expressed as a specified percentage of the amounts recovered by the client resulting from overpayment claims identified. Clients generally recover claims either by taking credits against outstanding payables or future purchases from the involved vendors, or receiving refund checks directly from those vendors. The manner in which a claim is recovered by a client often is dictated by industry practice. In addition, many clients establish specific procedural guidelines that we must satisfy prior to submitting claims for client approval, and these guidelines are unique to each client. For some services we provide, we earn our compensation in the form of a flat fee, a fee per hour, or a fee per other unit of service.

We generally recognize revenues on the accrual basis except with respect to an insignificant number of our international units where we recognize revenues on the cash basis. We generally recognize revenues for a contractually specified percentage of amounts recovered when we have determined that our clients have received economic value (generally through credits taken against existing accounts payable due to the involved vendors or refund checks received from those vendors) and when we have met the following criteria: (a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) services have been rendered; (c) the fee billed to the client is fixed or determinable;

 

45


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

and (d) collectability is reasonably assured. In certain limited circumstances, we will invoice a client prior to meeting all four of these criteria; in such cases, we defer the revenues until we meet all of the criteria. Additionally, for purposes of determining appropriate timing of recognition and for internal control purposes, we rely on customary business practices and processes for documenting that we have met the criteria described in (a) through (d) above. Such customary business practices and processes may vary significantly by client. On occasion, it is possible that a transaction has met all of the revenue recognition criteria described above but we do not recognize revenues, unless we can otherwise determine that criteria (a) through (d) above have been met, because our customary business practices and processes specific to that client have not been completed.

Historically, there has been a certain amount of revenues with respect to which, even though we had met the requirements of our revenue recognition policy, our clients’ vendors ultimately have rejected the claims underlying the revenues. In that case, our clients may request a refund or offset of such amount even though we may have collected fees. We record any such refunds as a reduction of revenues. We provide refund liabilities for these reductions in the economic value previously received by our clients with respect to vendor claims we identified and for which we previously have recognized revenues. We compute an estimate of our refund liabilities at any given time based on actual historical refund data.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we revised our estimate of expected refund rates of unbilled receivables in our Recovery Audit Services – Americas operating segment. We obtained sufficient historical data on our realization of paybacks from unbilled receivables that enabled us to make this change to our method of calculating this estimate. The impact of this change in estimate resulted in a $0.2 million increase in fourth quarter 2010 net earnings, or less than $0.01 per basic and diluted share. We believe that this change represents an improvement in our method for determining this estimate.

During the third quarter of 2011, we changed the point at which we recognize revenue for our healthcare claims recovery audit services within our New Services segment based on our gaining sufficient experience with auditing such claims. We now recognize revenue without formal client sign-off provided that we can objectively demonstrate that the acceptance criteria specified by the client are satisfied. This change resulted in a $1.4 million increase in revenues, a $0.4 million increase in net earnings and a $0.02 increase in basic and diluted earnings per common share in 2011.

Unbilled receivables relate to claims for which clients have received economic value but for which we contractually have agreed not to submit an invoice to the clients at such time. Unbilled receivables arise when a portion of our fee is deferred at the time of the initial invoice. At a later date (which can be up to a year after original invoice, and at other times a year after completion of the audit period), we invoice the unbilled receivable amount. Notwithstanding the deferred due date, our clients acknowledge that we have earned this unbilled receivable at the time of the original invoice, but have agreed to defer billing the client for the related services.

We record periodic changes in unbilled receivables and refund liabilities as adjustments to revenues.

We derive a relatively small portion of revenues on a “fee-for-service” basis whereby billing is based upon a flat fee, a fee per hour, or a fee per other unit of service. We recognize revenues for these types of services as we provide and invoice for them, and when criteria (a) through (d) as set forth above are met.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of three months or less from date of purchase. We place our temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions. At times, certain investments may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit.

Our cash and cash equivalents included short-term investments of approximately $2.4 million in 2011 and $1.7 million in 2010 which were held at banks in Brazil.

 

46


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(d) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We state cash and cash equivalents at cost, which approximates fair market value. The carrying values for receivables from clients, unbilled services, accounts payable, deferred revenues and other accrued liabilities reasonably approximate fair market value due to the nature of the financial instrument and the short term maturity of these items.

We recorded long-term debt of $9.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and $12.0 million as of December 31, 2010 at the unpaid balances as of those dates based on the effective borrowing rates and repayment terms when originated. Substantially all of these balances include variable borrowing rates, and we believe that the fair values of such instruments are approximately equal to their carrying values as of those dates.

We recorded lease obligations of $2.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and $3.2 million as of December 31, 2010 representing the fair value of future lease payments for office space we no longer use, reduced by sublease rentals we expect to earn. We adjust the recorded liability for the remaining lease payments, net of sublease income, based on payments we make and sublease income we receive.

We recorded business acquisition obligations of $9.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and $3.8 million as of December 31, 2010 representing the fair value of deferred consideration and earn-out payments estimated to be due as of those dates. We determine the estimated fair values based on our projections of future revenues or other factors used in the calculation of the ultimate payment to be made. We use the discount rate that we used to value the liability at the acquisition date, which we based on specific business risk, cost of capital, and other factors. We consider these factors to be Level 3 inputs (significant unobservable inputs).

(e) Property and Equipment

We report property and equipment at cost or estimated fair value at acquisition date and depreciate them over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. During the second quarter of 2010, we revised our estimate of the useful lives of certain fixed assets used for the purpose of calculating depreciation expense based on a review of our planned fixed asset replacement cycle. Our revised useful lives for fixed assets are three years for computer laptops, four years for desktops, five years for IT server, storage and network equipment, five years for furniture and fixtures and three years for purchased software. We continue to amortize leasehold improvements using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or ten years. The impact of the change in estimate was a reduction in depreciation expense of approximately $0.6 million in 2010. Depreciation expense was $5.4 million in 2011, $4.9 million in 2010 and $3.5 million in 2009.

We review the carrying value of property and equipment for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, we will recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairment charges were necessary in the three years ended December 31, 2011.

(f) Software Development Costs

We capitalize a portion of the costs we incur relating to our internal development of software that we use in our operations and amortize these costs using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of three to seven years.

We also capitalize a portion of the costs we incur related to our internal development of software that we intend to market to others. We amortize these costs over the products’ estimated economic lives, which typically are three years, beginning when the underlying products are available for general release to customers. We review the carrying value of capitalized software development costs for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, we will recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value

 

47


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairment charges were necessary in the three years ended December 31, 2011. We consider the costs associated with these activities to be research and development costs and expense them as incurred. However, we capitalize the costs incurred for the development of computer software that will be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed or that will be used in our operations beginning when technological feasibility has been established. Research and development costs, including the amortization of amounts previously capitalized, were $3.4 million in 2011, $3.2 million in 2010 and $1.8 million in 2009.

(g) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair market value of net identifiable assets of acquired businesses. We evaluate the recoverability of goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed its fair value. This evaluation has two steps. The first step identifies potential impairments by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the calculated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired, and the second step is not necessary. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value, the second step calculates the possible impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, we would record an impairment charge.

For our goodwill impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2011, we implemented Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Update No. 2011-08 (see New Accounting Standards below) and elected to assess qualitative factors prior to performing the two-step process described above. Under the new guidance, we are not required to calculate the fair value of our reporting units that hold goodwill unless we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of these reporting units is less than their carrying values. In this analysis, we considered a number of factors, including changes in our legal, business and regulatory climates, changes in competition or key personnel, macroeconomic factors impacting our company or our clients, our recent financial performance and expectations of future performance and other pertinent factors. Based on this analysis, we determined that it was not necessary for us to perform the two-step process. We last calculated the fair value of our reporting units that hold goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2010, at which time we used independent business valuation professionals to estimate fair value and determined that fair value exceeded carrying value for all relevant reporting units. No impairment charges were necessary in the three years ended December 31, 2011.

(h) Direct Expenses and Deferred Costs

We typically expense direct expenses that we incur during the course of recovery audit and delivery of advisory services as incurred. For certain implementation and set-up costs associated with our “fee for service” revenues that we earn over an extended period of time, we defer the related direct and incremental costs and recognize them as expenses over the life of the underlying contract.

In addition, we incur significant personnel and other costs when performing recovery audit services to certain healthcare organizations. The process of documenting that we have met our revenue recognition criteria as described in (b) Revenue Recognition, Unbilled Receivables and Refund Liabilities above is extensive and generally is completed from three months to a year after we substantially have completed our services. We defer these costs and recognize them as expenses when we record the related revenues. As of December 31, 2011, we had deferred $1.1 million of these costs and reflected them as “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(i) Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates we expect to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect on the deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

48


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In determining the amount of valuation allowance to record, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies. Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative losses for tax reporting purposes in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence we considered in this determination.

We apply a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We refer to GAAP for guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. In accordance with FASB ASC 740, our policy for recording interest and penalties associated with tax positions is to record such items as a component of earnings before income taxes.

(j) Foreign Currency

We use the local currency as the functional currency in the majority of the countries in which we conduct business outside of the United States. We translate the assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the current rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. We include the translation gains and losses as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and in the determination of comprehensive income. Comprehensive income included translation gains (losses) related to long-term intercompany balances of $(0.1 million) in 2011, $(0.1 million) in 2010, and $0.2 million in 2009. We translate revenues and expenses in foreign currencies at the weighted average exchange rates for the period. We separately state the foreign currency transaction gains and losses on short-term intercompany balances in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. We include all other realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains (losses) in “Selling, general and administrative expenses.”

(k) Earnings Per Common Share

We compute basic earnings per common share by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. We compute diluted earnings per common share by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the sum of (1) the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, (2) the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method, and (3) the dilutive effect of other potentially dilutive securities. We exclude the potential dilutive effect of stock options and convertible instruments from the determination of diluted earnings per share if the effect of including them would be antidilutive.

(l) Stock-Based Compensation

We account for awards of equity instruments issued to employees under the fair value method of accounting and recognize such amounts in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. We measure compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on the date of grant and recognize compensation expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income using the straight-line method over the service period over which we expect the awards to vest. We recognize compensation costs for awards with performance conditions based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions. We accrue compensation cost if we believe it is probable that the performance condition(s) will be achieved and do not accrue compensation cost if we believe it is not probable that the performance condition(s) will be achieved.

We estimate the fair value of all time-vested options as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.

 

49


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For time-vested option grants that resulted in compensation expense recognition, we used the following assumptions in our Black-Scholes valuation models:

 

      

Years Ended December 31,

      

2011

    

2010

    

2009

Risk-free interest rates

     0.86% - 2.30%      0.80% - 2.65%      1.60% - 2.71%

Dividend yields

              

Volatility factor of expected market price

     .732 - .797      .795 - 1.036      .950 - 1.081

Weighted-average expected term of option

     3.7 - 5 years      3.9 - 4.9 years      4 - 5 years

Forfeiture rate

              

We estimate the fair value of awards of restricted shares and nonvested shares as being equal to the market value of the common stock on the date of the award. We classify our share-based payments as either liability-classified awards or as equity-classified awards. We remeasure liability-classified awards to fair value at each balance sheet date until the award is settled. We measure equity-classified awards at their grant date fair value and do not subsequently remeasure them. We have classified our share-based payments which are settled in our common stock as equity-classified awards and our share-based payments that are settled in cash as liability-classified awards. Compensation costs related to equity-classified awards generally are equal to the fair value of the award at grant-date amortized over the vesting period of the award. The liability for liability-classified awards generally is equal to the fair value of the award as of the balance sheet date multiplied by the percentage vested at the time. We record the change in the liability amount from one balance sheet date to another to compensation expense.

(m) Comprehensive Income

Consolidated comprehensive income consists of consolidated net earnings and foreign currency translation adjustments. We present the calculation of consolidated comprehensive income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

(n) Segment Reporting

We report our operating segment information in three segments: Recovery Audit Services — Americas; Recovery Audit Services — Europe / Asia Pacific; and New Services. We include the unallocated portion of corporate selling, general and administrative expenses not specifically attributable to our three segments in Corporate Support. Our business segments reflect the internal reporting that our Chief Executive Officer, who is our chief operating decision maker, uses for the purpose of making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, uses what we internally refer to as “Adjusted EBITDA” as the primary measure of profit or loss for purposes of assessing the operating performance of all operating segments. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) as adjusted for unusual and other significant items that management views as distorting the operating results of the various segments from period to period.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. Such non-GAAP financial measures do not measure the profit or loss of the reportable segments in accordance with GAAP. Given that we use Adjusted EBITDA as our primary measure of segment performance, GAAP rules on segment reporting require that we include this non-GAAP measure in our discussion of our operating segments. We also must reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to our operating results presented on a GAAP basis. We provide this reconciliation in Note 4 to these consolidated financial statements along with other information about our reportable segments. We do not intend the reconciling items to be, nor should they be, interpreted as non-recurring or extraordinary, or in any manner be deemed as adjustments made in accordance with GAAP. Because Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure determined in accordance with GAAP, it may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

50


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(o) New Accounting Standards

A summary of new accounting standards issued by the FASB and included in the ASC that apply to PRGX is as follows:

FASB ASC Update No. 2011-05 . In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity. The amendments in ASU 2011-05 allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The amendments in ASU 2011-05 do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. In December 2011, the FASB issued FASB ASC Update No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,” which defers only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The Company adopted these changes as of December 31, 2011, except for those changes that were deferred by the issuance of ASU 2011-12, and reflected the changes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-05 only impacted the presentation of our financial statements and did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

FASB ASC Update No. 2011-08 . In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”). ASU 2011-08 allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The Company must adopt these changes no later than its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2012, but may adopt the changes earlier than that period. We adopted ASU No. 2011-08 during our fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011 on a prospective basis for our goodwill impairment tests. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 affects only how goodwill is tested for impairment and, therefore, did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

(2) RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

The July 31, 2005 retirements of the Company’s former Chairman, President and CEO, John M. Cook, and the Company’s former Vice Chairman, John M. Toma, resulted in an obligation to pay retirement benefits of approximately $7.6 million (present value basis) to be paid in monthly cash installments principally over a three-year period, beginning February 1, 2006. On March 16, 2006, the parties amended the terms of the applicable severance agreements in conjunction with the Company’s financial restructuring. Pursuant to the terms of the severance agreements, as amended (1) the Company’s obligations to pay monthly cash installments to Mr. Cook and Mr. Toma were extended from 36 months to 58 months and from 24 months to 46 months, respectively; however, the total dollar amount of monthly cash payments to be made to each remained unchanged, and (2) we agreed to pay a fixed sum of $150,000 to defray the fees and expenses of the legal counsel and financial advisors to Messrs. Cook and Toma. We completed the final payments under these portions of the agreements in 2010.

The severance agreements also provide for an annual reimbursement, beginning in February 2007, to Mr. Cook and Mr. Toma for the cost of health insurance for themselves and their respective spouses (not to exceed $25,000 and $20,000, respectively, subject to adjustment based on changes in the Consumer Price Index), continuing until each reaches the age of 80. At December 31, 2011, we had accrued $0.7 million related to these health insurance obligations.

 

51


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(3) MAJOR CLIENTS

Wal-Mart Stores Inc. (and its affiliated companies) accounted for approximately 10.2% of total revenues in 2011, 12.1% in 2010 and 12.3% in 2009. We recorded these revenues primarily in the Recovery Audit Services – Americas Segment.

(4) OPERATING SEGMENTS AND RELATED INFORMATION

We conduct our operations through three reportable operating segments: Recovery Audit Services – Americas, Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific and New Services. The Recovery Audit Services – Americas segment includes recovery audit services (other than healthcare claims recovery audit services) we provide in the U.S., Canada and Latin America. The Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific segment includes recovery audit services (other than healthcare claims recovery audit services) we provide in Europe, Asia and the Pacific region. The New Services segment includes analytics and advisory services and recovery audit services we provide to organizations in the healthcare industry. We include the unallocated portion of corporate selling, general and administrative expenses not specifically attributable to the three operating segments in Corporate Support.

We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based upon revenues and measures of profit or loss we refer to as EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings from continuing operations before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), adjusted for depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), and then adjusted for unusual and other significant items that management views as distorting the operating results of the various segments from period to period. Adjustments include restructuring charges, stock-based compensation, bargain purchase gains, acquisition transaction costs and acquisition obligations classified as compensation, intangible asset impairment charges, litigation settlements, severance charges and foreign currency gains and losses on short-term intercompany balances viewed by management as individually or collectively significant. We do not have any inter-segment revenues. Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and segment asset information as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands) is as follows:

 

     Recovery
Audit
Services –
Americas
     Recovery Audit
Services –

Europe/Asia-
Pacific
     New
Services
    Corporate
Support
    Total  

2011

            

Revenues

   $ 115,807       $ 61,570       $ 25,740      $ —        $ 203,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

             $ 2,816   

Income tax expense

               1,292   

Interest expense, net

               1,616   
            

 

 

 

EBIT

   $ 26,280       $ 7,484       $ (6,951   $ (21,089     5,724   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     3,491         417         1,493        —          5,401   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,467         1,665         859        —          4,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     32,238         9,566         (4,599     (21,089     16,116   

Foreign currency transaction losses on short-term intercompany balances

     144         272         1        —          417   

Acquisition transaction costs and acquisition obligations classified as compensation

     —           —           440        360        800   

Transformation severance and related expenses

     1,465         566         —          —          2,031   

Stock-based compensation

     —           —           —          5,093        5,093   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 33,847       $ 10,404       $ (4,158   $ (15,636   $ 24,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 5,459       $ 1,041       $ 1,787      $ —        $ 8,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Recovery
Audit
Services –
Americas
     Recovery Audit
Services –

Europe/Asia-
Pacific
     New
Services
    Corporate
Support
    Total  

2011

            

Allocated assets

   $ 62,702       $ 20,308       $ 17,316      $ —        $ 100,326   

Unallocated assets:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

     —           —           —          20,337        20,337   

Restricted cash

     —           —           —          64        64   

Deferred loan costs

     —           —           —          376        376   

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           —          854        854   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     —           —           —          4,456        4,456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 62,702       $ 20,308       $ 17,316      $ 26,087      $ 126,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Recovery
Audit
Services –
Americas
     Recovery Audit
Services –

Europe/Asia-
Pacific
     New
Services
    Corporate
Support
    Total  

2010

            

Revenues

   $ 115,156       $ 57,590       $ 11,335      $ —        $ 184,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

             $ 3,253   

Income tax expense

               1,882   

Interest expense, net

               1,305   

Loss on debt extinguishment

               1,381   
            

 

 

 

EBIT

   $ 25,062       $ 6,478       $ (6,804   $ (16,915     7,821   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     3,442         354         1,107        —          4,903   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,427         1,403         301        —          4,131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     30,931         8,235         (5,396     (16,915     16,855   

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses on short-term intercompany balances

     33         391         (2     —          422   

Acquisition transaction costs and acquisition obligations classified as compensation

     —           —           371        —          371   

Stock-based compensation

     —           —           —          3,980        3,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 30,964       $ 8,626       $ (5,027   $ (12,935   $ 21,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 5,674       $ 329       $ 931      $ —        $ 6,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocated assets

   $ 57,143       $ 17,698       $ 9,347      $ —        $ 84,188   

Unallocated assets:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

     —           —           —          18,448        18,448   

Restricted cash

     —           —           —          64        64   

Deferred loan costs

     —           —           —          558        558   

Deferred income taxes

     —           —           —          439        439   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     —           —           —          2,624        2,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 57,143       $ 17,698       $ 9,347      $ 22,133      $ 106,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Recovery
Audit
Services —
Americas
    Recovery Audit
Services —

Europe/Asia-
Pacific
    New
Services
    Corporate
Support
    Total  

2009

          

Revenues

   $ 121,561      $ 52,489      $ 5,533      $ —        $ 179,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

           $ 15,327   

Income tax expense

             3,028   

Interest expense, net

             3,025   
          

 

 

 

EBIT

   $ 35,914      $ 9,239      $ (4,017   $ (19,756     21,380   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     2,771        303        431        —          3,505   

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,027        1,200        —          —          3,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     40,712        10,742        (3,586     (19,756     28,112   

Foreign currency transaction gains on short-term intercompany balances

     (360     (1,235     —          —          (1,595

Litigation settlement

     —          —          —          650        650   

Gain on bargain purchase, net

     —          (2,388     —          —          (2,388

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          —          3,345        3,345   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 40,352      $ 7,119      $ (3,586   $ (15,761   $ 28,124   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 4,281      $ 266      $ 964      $ —        $ 5,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents revenues by country based on the location of clients served (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

United States

   $ 106,241       $ 92,574       $ 97,141   

United Kingdom

     36,123         31,422         25,169   

Canada

     20,200         22,141         20,560   

France

     13,425         12,231         12,055   

Brazil

     5,718         5,128         4,320   

Mexico

     4,836         3,950         3,740   

Sweden

     2,145         1,460         2,158   

Spain

     1,901         2,065         2,547   

Belgium

     1,459         2,705         2,186   

Australia

     1,299         1,690         1,424   

Norway

     1,174         279         19   

New Zealand

     1,111         738         802   

Other

     7,485         7,698         7,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 203,117       $ 184,081       $ 179,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents long-lived assets by country based on the location of the asset (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

United States

   $ 46,083       $ 34,273   

United Kingdom

     8,792         10,295   

All Other

     1,073         1,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 55,948       $ 45,602   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(5) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The following tables set forth the computations of basic and diluted earnings per common share (in thousands, except per share data).

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Basic earnings per common share:

        

Numerator:

        

Net earnings

   $ 2,816       $ 3,253       $ 15,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

   $ 24,634       $ 23,906       $ 22,915   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.11       $ 0.14       $ 0.67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share:

        

Numerator:

        

Net earnings

   $ 2,816       $ 3,253       $ 15,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

   $ 24,634       $ 23,906       $ 22,915   

Incremental shares from stock-based compensation plans

     395         238         645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per common share

   $ 25,029       $ 24,144       $ 23,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.11       $ 0.13       $ 0.65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding excludes anti-dilutive shares that totaled 1.5 million shares in 2011, 1.7 million shares in 2010 and 1.2 million shares in 2009. The number of common shares we used in the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations include nonvested restricted shares of 1.2 million in 2011, 1.2 million in 2010 and 1.0 million in 2009, and nonvested restricted share units that we consider to be participating securities of 0.2 million in 2011, 0.3 million in 2010 and 0.2 million in 2009.

(6) GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

(a) Goodwill

We evaluate the recoverability of goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year or sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed its fair value. These analyses did not result in an impairment charge during the periods presented. Goodwill in our Recovery Audit Services — Americas segment was $12.4 million at December 31, 2011 and $4.6 million at December 31, 2010. The $4.6 million of goodwill at December 31, 2010 consists of gross goodwill of $364.5 million less total accumulated impairment losses of $359.9 million recorded through 2005. In addition, we recorded goodwill of $7.8 million in our Recovery Audit Services — Americas segment in conjunction with our December 2011 acquisition of Business Strategy, Inc. (“BSI”) (see Note 14 Business Acquisitions below). We also recorded goodwill of $0.2 million in our Recovery Audit Services — Europe Asia/Pacific segment in 2011 relating to our acquisition of a third-party audit firm to which we had subcontracted a portion of our audit services (an “associate migration”). In conjunction with our 2010 acquisition of TJG Holdings, LLC, we recorded goodwill of $0.6 million in our New Services segment (see Note 14 Business Acquisitions below).

(b) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist principally of amounts we assigned to customer relationships, trademarks, non-compete agreements and trade names in conjunction with business acquisitions. Changes in intangible assets in 2011 relate primarily to our December 2011 BSI acquisition and an associate migration. Changes in intangible

 

55


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

assets in 2010 relate primarily to the acquisitions of Etesius Limited (“Etesius”) and TJG Holdings LLC (“TJG”). The acquisitions in both 2011 and 2010 are described in more detail in Note 14 Business Acquisitions below. Intangible assets associated with the Etesius acquisition and the associate migration are denominated in British pounds sterling and are subject to movements in foreign currency rates (“FX adjustments”). We present the amounts below in United States dollars utilizing foreign currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2011.

As of January 21, 2010, the Company changed its trade name from PRG-Schultz International, Inc. to PRGX Global, Inc. and is using the previous trade name only in limited circumstances. We intend to maintain the legal rights to the former name but, for accounting purposes, have reclassified the intangible asset associated with this trade name from an indefinite lived intangible asset to one with a definite life and began amortizing the trade name in January 2010.

Amortization expense relating to intangible assets was $4.6 million in 2011, $4.0 million in 2010 and $2.6 million in 2009. Based on our current amortization methods, we project amortization expense for the next five years will be $5.3 million in 2012, $4.8 million in 2013, $3.5 million in 2014, $2.6 million in 2015 and $1.7 million in 2016.

Changes in noncurrent intangible assets during 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Customer
Relationships
    Trademarks     Non-compete
Agreements
    Trade
Names
    Total  

Gross carrying amount:

          

Balance, January 1, 2010

   $ 34,181      $ 523      $ 773      $ 2,200      $ 37,677   

Acquisition of Etesius

     1,565        —          —          —          1,565   

Acquisition of TJG

     829        —          808        665        2,302   

FX adjustments and other

     (70     (18     (28     —          (116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     36,505        505        1,553        2,865        41,428   

Associate migration

     —          —          98        —          98   

Acquisition of BSI

     2,836        555        650        —          4,041   

FX adjustments and other

     (35     (2     (8     —          (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 39,306      $ 1,058      $ 2,293      $ 2,865      $ 45,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization:

          

Balance, January 1, 2010

   $ (13,454   $ (40   $ (79   $ —        $ (13,573

Amortization expense

     (3,158     (83     (197     (567     (4,005

FX adjustments and other

     3        —          2        —          5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     (16,609     (123     (274     (567     (17,573

Amortization expense

     (3,236     (104     (519     (747     (4,606

FX adjustments and other

     52        3        8        —          63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ (19,793   $ (224   $ (785   $ (1,314   $ (22,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount:

          

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 19,896      $ 382      $ 1,279      $ 2,298      $ 23,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 19,513      $ 834      $ 1,508      $ 1,551      $ 23,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated useful life (years)

     6–20 years        6 years        1–5 years        4–5 years     

(7) DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

SunTrust term loan due quarterly through January 2014

   $ 9,000       $ 12,000   

Less current portion

     3,000         3,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion

   $ 6,000       $ 9,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On January 19, 2010, we entered into a four-year revolving credit and term loan agreement with SunTrust Bank (“SunTrust”). The SunTrust credit facility consists of a $15.0 million committed revolving credit facility and a $15.0 million term loan. The SunTrust credit facility is guaranteed by the Company and all of its material domestic subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. Availability under the SunTrust revolver is based on eligible accounts receivable and other factors. As of December 31, 2011, we had no outstanding borrowings under the SunTrust revolver.

The SunTrust term loan requires quarterly principal payments of $0.8 million each which commenced in March 2010, and a final principal payment of $3.0 million in January 2014. The loan agreement requires mandatory prepayments with the net cash proceeds from certain asset sales, equity offerings and insurance proceeds received by the Company. The loan agreement also requires an annual additional prepayment contingently payable based on excess cash flow (“ECF”) if our leverage ratio as defined in the agreement exceeds a certain threshold. Our leverage ratio was below the threshold in 2011 and 2010, and ECF payments were not required on the loan for either year.

Interest on both the revolver and term loan are payable monthly and accrued at an index rate using the one-month LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin as determined by the loan agreement. The applicable interest rate margin varies from 2.25% per annum to 3.5% per annum, dependent on our consolidated leverage ratio, and is determined in accordance with a pricing grid under the SunTrust loan agreement. The applicable margin was 2.5% and the interest rate was approximately 2.77% at December 31, 2011. We also must pay a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum, payable quarterly, on the unused portion of the $15.0 million SunTrust revolving credit facility. The weighted-average interest rate on term loan balances outstanding under the SunTrust credit facility during 2011, including fees, was 3.5%.

The SunTrust credit facility includes customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants binding on the Company, including delivery of financial statements and other reports, maintenance of existence, and transactions with affiliates. The negative covenants limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to incur debt, incur liens, make investments, sell assets, repurchase shares of its capital stock or declare or pay dividends on its capital stock. The financial covenants included in the SunTrust credit facility, among other things, limit the amount of capital expenditures the Company can make, set forth maximum leverage and net funded debt ratios for the Company and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and also require the Company to maintain minimum consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. In addition, the SunTrust credit facility includes customary events of default.

We used substantially all the funds from the SunTrust term loan to repay in full the principal of $14.1 million outstanding under a previous term loan. In conjunction with terminating the previous credit facility, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt totaling $1.4 million consisting of the write-off of the unamortized deferred loan costs.

In September 2010 we entered into an amendment of the SunTrust credit facility that lowered the required minimum adjusted EBITDA and fixed charge coverage ratio through December 31, 2010. In October 2010 we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with SunTrust that limits our exposure to increases in the one-month LIBOR rate. In October 2011 we entered into an amendment of the SunTrust credit facility that increased our capital expenditure limits for 2011 and 2012.

 

57


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Future Minimum Payments

Future minimum principal payments of long-term debt as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2012

   $ 3,000   

2013

     3,000   

2014

     3,000   

2015

     —     

2016

     —     

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,000   
  

 

 

 

(8) LEASE COMMITMENTS

PRGX is committed under noncancelable lease arrangements for facilities and equipment. Rent expense, excluding costs associated with the termination of noncancelable lease arrangements, was $6.7 million in 2011, $6.2 million in 2010 and $6.2 million in 2009.

We have subleased approximately 58,000 square feet of our principal executive office space to independent third parties. The sublease rental income we earn is less than the lease payments we make. At December 31, 2011, our liabilities relating to these lease obligations were $2.8 million, of which we have included $1.1 million in “Accounts payable and accrued expenses” and $1.7 million in “Other long-term liabilities” in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We adjust the fair value of the remaining lease payments, net of sublease income, based on payments we make and sublease income we receive. We include accretion of this liability related to discounting in rent expense.

We have entered into several operating lease agreements that contain provisions for future rent increases, free rent periods or periods in which rent payments are reduced (abated). We charge the total amount of rental payments due over the lease term to rent expense on the straight-line, undiscounted method over the lease terms.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases (both gross and net of any sublease income) are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Gross      Sublease
Income
    Net  

2012

   $ 7,843       $ (875   $ 6,968   

2013

     7,459         (814     6,645   

2014

     6,509         (753     5,756   

2015

     849         —          849   

2016

     117         —          117   

Thereafter

     14         —          14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total payments

   $ 22,791       $ (2,442   $ 20,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(9) INCOME TAXES

Earnings (loss) before income taxes relate to the following jurisdictions (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

United States

   $ (3,182   $ (3,189   $ 4,369   

Foreign

     7,290        8,324        13,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,108      $ 5,135      $ 18,355   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ —        $ —        $ 40   

State

     79        30        85   

Foreign

     3,364        3,206        3,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,443        3,236        3,544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (1,603     (514     —     

State

     (133     —          —     

Foreign

     (415     (840     (516
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,151     (1,354     (516
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,292      $ 1,882      $ 3,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant differences between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 34% (35% in 2009) and the Company’s effective income tax expense for earnings (in thousands) are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Statutory federal income tax rate

   $ 1,397      $ 1,746      $ 6,424   

State income taxes, net of federal effect

     (130     577        90   

Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     (1,910     (3,254     (6,093

First Audit Partners acquisition – basis difference

     —          —          668   

Foreign taxes

     1,481        2,407        586   

Compensation deduction limitation

     360        448        1,104   

Other, net

     94        (42     249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,292      $ 1,882      $ 3,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The tax effects of temporary differences and carry-forwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,875      $ 2,100   

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     3,046        1,748   

Stock-based compensation expense

     8,716        8,314   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     4,177        4,074   

Non-compete agreements

     50        84   

Unbilled receivables and refund liabilities

     (1,675     1,064   

Foreign operating loss carry-forwards of foreign subsidiary

     1,422        1,875   

Federal operating loss carry-forwards

     26,332        20,877   

Intangible assets

     11,935        17,686   

State operating loss carry-forwards

     2,625        2,321   

Other

     3,582        4,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     62,085        64,175   

Less valuation allowance

     52,047        54,801   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance

     10,038        9,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Intangible assets

     7,531        7,177   

Capitalized software

     974        1,106   

Other

     679        652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     9,184        8,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 854      $ 439   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. As of December 31, 2011, management determined that based on all available evidence, a valuation allowance of $52.0 million is appropriate, representing a decrease of $2.8 million from the valuation allowance of $54.8 million recorded as of December 31, 2010. A portion of this decrease relates to our December 2011 acquisition of BSI (see Note 14 – Business Acquisitions below). We recorded a $1.7 million reduction in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that resulted from the deferred tax liabilities that we recorded relating to the acquisition. This reduction was accounted for as an income tax benefit in 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $75.2 million of U.S. federal loss carry-forwards available to reduce future U.S. federal taxable income. The federal loss carry-forwards expire through 2031. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $90.5 million of state loss carry-forwards available to reduce future state taxable income. The state loss carry-forwards expire to varying degrees between 2016 and 2031 and are subject to certain limitations.

Generally, we have not provided deferred taxes on the undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries as we consider these earnings to be permanently reinvested. However, in 2011, we determined that the earnings of our Canadian subsidiary should no longer be considered to be permanently reinvested. This change resulted in earnings of $4.8 million that we anticipated we would repatriate, and we provided additional deferred taxes of $0.2 million in 2011 relating to this potential repatriation, representing the estimated withholding tax liability to be due when such amounts are repatriated. We did not provide additional incremental U.S. income tax expense on these amounts as the Canadian subsidiary is classified as a branch for U.S. income tax purposes.

 

60


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On March 17, 2006, the Company experienced an ownership change as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”). This ownership change resulted in an annual IRC Section 382 limitation that limits the use of certain tax attribute carry-forwards. Of the $75.2 million of U.S. federal loss carry-forwards available to the Company, $19.2 million of the loss carry-forwards are subject to an annual usage limitation of $1.4 million.

We apply a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We refer to GAAP for guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. Our policy for recording potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items as a component of earnings before income taxes.

We recorded unrecognized tax benefits of $2.6 million as of December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.5 million over the $2.1 million recorded at December 31, 2010. We recorded accrued interest and penalties of $2.2 million as of December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.4 million over the $1.8 million recorded at December 31, 2010. We recognized interest expense of $0.4 million in 2011 and $0.3 million in 2010 related to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. Due to the complexity of the tax rules underlying these unrecognized tax benefits, and the unclear timing of tax audits, tax agency determinations, and other events, we cannot establish reasonably reliable estimates for the periods in which the cash settlement of these liabilities will occur.

We file U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. As of December 31, 2011, the 2008 through 2011 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state and foreign tax authorities. The use of net operating losses generated in tax years prior to 2008 may also subject returns for those years to examination.

(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which allows eligible participating employees to defer receipt of up to 50% of their annual compensation and contribute such amount to one or more investment funds. We match employee contributions in a discretionary amount to be determined by management each plan year up to the lesser of 6% of an employee’s annual compensation or $3,000 per participant. We also may make additional discretionary contributions to the Plan as determined by management each plan year. Company matching funds and discretionary contributions vest at the rate of 20% each year beginning after the participants’ first year of service. We did not make a contribution in 2011. We contributed approximately $1.0 million in 2010 and $1.0 million in 2009.

(11) SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

On August 1, 2000, the Board authorized a shareholder protection rights plan designed to protect Company shareholders from coercive or unfair takeover techniques through the use of a Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement approved by the Board (the “Rights Plan”). The terms of the Rights Plan, as amended, provide for a dividend of one right (collectively, the “Rights”) to purchase a fraction of a share of participating preferred stock for each share owned. This dividend was declared for each share of common stock outstanding at the close of business on August 14, 2000. The Rights, which expire on August 10, 2012, may be exercised only if certain conditions are met, such as the acquisition (or the announcement of a tender offer, the consummation of which would result in the acquisition) of 15% or more of our common stock by a person or affiliated group in a transaction that is not approved by the Board. Issuance of the Rights does not affect our finances, interfere with our operations or business plans, or affect our earnings per share. The dividend was not taxable to the Company or its shareholders and did not change the way in which the Company’s shares may be traded.

Effective July 31, 2000, in connection with the Rights Plan, the Board amended the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to establish a new series of stock, which is designated as participating preferred stock. The Company’s remaining, undesignated preferred stock may be issued at any time or from time to time in one or

 

61


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

more series with such designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions (including dividend, conversion and voting rights) as may be determined by the Board, without any further votes or action by the shareholders.

(12) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

On April 1, 2003, Fleming Companies (“Fleming”), one of the Company’s larger U.S. recovery audit services clients at the time, filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization. During the quarter ended March 31, 2003, the Company received approximately $5.6 million in payments on account from Fleming. On January 24, 2005, the Company received a demand from the Fleming Post Confirmation Trust (“PCT”), a trust which was created pursuant to Fleming’s Chapter 11 reorganization plan to represent the client, for preference payments received by the Company. The demand stated that the PCT’s calculation of the preference payments was approximately $2.9 million. The Company disputed the claim. Later in 2005, the PCT filed suit against the Company seeking to recover approximately $5.6 million in payments that were made to the Company by Fleming during the 90 days preceding Fleming’s bankruptcy filing, and that were alleged to be avoidable either as preferences or fraudulent transfers under the Bankruptcy Code.

On July 29, 2009, the Company entered into a settlement agreement in connection with the PCT lawsuit. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company paid the PCT $1.7 million to resolve all claims made by the PCT in the litigation. In connection with the settlement, the Company also agreed to dismiss all proofs of claim it may have against Fleming in connection with the bankruptcy. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 includes a charge of $0.7 million related to the settlement with the PCT for amounts not previously accrued.

On December 16, 2011, an employee of our wholly owned subsidiary PRGX USA, Inc., filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota (Civil Action No. 0:11-CV-03631-PJS-FLN). The Plaintiff alleges that PRGX USA, Inc. failed to pay overtime wages to the Plaintiff and other similarly situated individuals as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). The Plaintiff is seeking designation of this action as a collective action. In addition, the Plaintiff is seeking an unspecified amount of monetary damages and costs, including attorneys’ fees. We filed an Answer denying all of the asserted claims on January 31, 2012 and have been engaged in pre-discovery discussions with the Plaintiff’s counsel. We intend to vigorously defend against these claims. The case is in the very preliminary stages and we currently are unable to determine the likelihood or amount of any potential loss that may arise from this matter.

In addition, we are party to a variety of other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. While the results of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the final outcome of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

(13) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company currently has three stock-based compensation plans under which awards have been granted: (1) the Stock Incentive Plan (“SIP”), (2) the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (“2006 MIP”), and (3) the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (“2008 EIP”). The Company generally issues authorized but previously unissued shares to satisfy stock option exercises, grants of restricted stock awards and vesting of restricted stock units.

The SIP, as amended, authorized the grant of options or other stock-based awards, with respect to up to 1,237,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to key employees, directors, consultants and advisors. The majority of options granted pursuant to the SIP had five to seven year terms and vested and became fully exercisable on a ratable basis over one to five years of continued employment or service. The SIP expired in June 2008.

During the first quarter of 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2008 EIP, which was approved by the shareholders at the annual meeting of the shareholders on May 29, 2008. The 2008 EIP authorizes the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock,

 

62


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

restricted stock units and other incentive awards. Two million shares of the Company’s common stock initially were reserved for issuance under the 2008 EIP pursuant to award grants to key employees, directors and service providers. The options granted pursuant to the 2008 EIP have seven year terms.

An amendment to the 2008 EIP was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors in April 2010 and approved at the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders held on June 15, 2010. This amendment, among other things, increases the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 EIP by 3,400,000 shares to a total of 5,400,000 shares and provides that restricted stock awards and other full value awards will count as 1.41 shares against the available pool of shares under the plan. As of December 31, 2011, there were 999,918 shares available for future grants under the 2008 EIP.

Stock options granted under the 2008 EIP generally have a term of seven years and vest in equal annual increments over the vesting period, which typically is three years for employees and one year for directors. The following table summarizes stock option grants during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

    

Grantee Type

   # of
Options
Granted
     Vesting
Period
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Grant Date
Fair Value
 

2011

                                   
   Director group      65,801       1 year or less   $ 7.23       $ 267,360   
   Director group      16,237       3 years     6.32         64,666   
   Employee group      140,000       2 years     6.09         521,108   
   Employee group      475,064       3 years     7.38         2,056,677   
   Employee inducement      200,000       3-4 years (1)     5.37         625,940   

2010

                                   
   Director group      51,276       1 year   $ 4.20       $ 129,604   
   Director      8,546       3 years     5.39         34,146   
   Employee group      649,010       3 years     4.14         1,739,687   

2009

                                   
   Employee Inducement      296,296       4 years   $ 3.57       $ 763,529   
   Director group      42,730       1 year     2.82         88,011   
   Employee group      505,755       3 years     2.92         1,088,334   

 

(1) The Company granted non-qualified stock options outside its existing stock-based compensation plans in the fourth quarter of 2011 to three employees in connection with their joining the company. Vesting for 100,000 of the three grants is subject to specific performance conditions that require the employee to achieve certain performance targets. These targets include specified cumulative revenue targets over a four-year period or minimum levels of claims-related criteria over a three-year period. The remaining 100,000 awards vest ratably over a four-year period.

 

63


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Nonvested stock awards, including both restricted stock and restricted stock units, generally are nontransferable until vesting and the holders are entitled to receive dividends with respect to the nonvested shares. Prior to vesting, the grantees of restricted stock are entitled to vote the shares, but the grantees of restricted stock units are not entitled to vote the shares. Generally, nonvested stock awards vest in equal annual increments over the vesting period, which typically is three years for employees and one year for directors. The following table summarizes nonvested stock awards (restricted stock and restricted stock units) grants during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

    

Grantee Type

   # of Shares
Granted
     Vesting Period   Grant Date
Fair Value
 

2011

                          
   Director group      65,801       1 year or less   $ 475,493   
   Director group      17,237       3 years     109,229   
   Employee group      60,000       2 years     365,400   
   Employee group      455,064       3 years     3,372,024   
   Employee inducement      120,000       3-4 years (1)     679,400   

2010

                          
   Director      51,276       1 year   $ 215,274   
   Director group      8,546       3 years     46,063   
   Employee group      600,010       3 years     2,410,965   

2009

                          
   Employee Inducement      344,445       4 years   $ 1,229,669   
   Director group      42,730       1 year     120,499   
   Employee      20,000       3 years     57,400   
   Employee group      522,832       3 years     1,546,636   
   Employee group      25,000       3 years     168,500   

 

(1) The Company granted nonvested stock awards (restricted stock) outside its existing stock-based compensation plans in the fourth quarter of 2011 to two employees in connection with their joining the company. Vesting for each of the two grants is subject to specific performance conditions that require the employee to achieve certain performance targets. These targets include specified cumulative revenue targets over a four-year period for one grant and minimum levels of claims-related criteria over a three-year period for the other grant.

A summary of option activity as of December 31, 2011, and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 

Options

   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
(Per Share)
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

($ 000’s)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     2,268,779      $ 6.54         

Granted

     897,102        6.70         

Exercised

     (116,073     3.04          $ 390   

Forfeited

     (171,837     8.33         

Expired

     (17,081     9.51         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     2,860,890      $ 6.61         4.83 years       $ 3,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     1,305,481      $ 8.01         3.65 years       $ 1,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted was $3.94 per share in 2011, $2.69 per share in 2010 and $2.31 per share in 2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.4 million in 2011, $0.1 million in 2010 and less than $0.1 million in 2009.

 

64


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A summary of nonvested stock awards (restricted stock and restricted stock units) activity as of December 31, 2011, and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 

Nonvested Stock

   Shares     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
(Per Share)
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2011

     1,489,031      $ 4.61   

Granted

     718,102        6.96   

Vested

     (521,693     3.95   

Forfeited

     (266,946     8.18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

     1,418,494      $ 5.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of nonvested stock awards (restricted stock and restricted stock units) granted was $6.96 per share in 2011, $4.05 per share in 2010 and $3.27 per share in 2009. The total vest date fair value of stock awards vested during the year was $3.6 million in 2011, $1.5 million in 2010, and $0.5 million in 2009.

2006 MIP Performance Units

At the annual meeting of shareholders held on August 11, 2006, the shareholders of the Company approved a proposal granting authorization to issue up to 2.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2006 MIP. On September 29, 2006, an aggregate of 682,301 Performance Units were awarded under the 2006 MIP to seven executive officers of the Company. The awards had an aggregate grant date fair value of $4.0 million. At Performance Unit settlement dates (which varied), participants were issued that number of shares of Company common stock equal to 60% of the number of Performance Units being settled, and were paid in cash an amount equal to 40% of the fair market value of that number of shares of common stock equal to the number of Performance Units being settled. The awards were 50% vested at the award date and the remainder of the awards vested ratably over approximately the following eighteen months with the awards fully vesting on March 17, 2008. The awards contain certain anti-dilution and change of control provisions. As a result, the number of Performance Units awarded were automatically adjusted on a pro-rata basis upon the conversion into common stock of any of the Company’s senior convertible notes or Series A convertible preferred stock. During 2006, the Company granted an additional 122,073 Performance Units with aggregate grant date fair values of $1.6 million as a result of this automatic adjustment provision.

On March 28, 2007, the Company granted 20,000 Performance Units to an additional executive officer under the 2006 MIP. The award had a grant date fair value of $0.3 million and was scheduled to vest ratably over four years. During 2007, the Company granted an additional 1,436,484 Performance Units to the eight executive officers with aggregate grant date fair values of $24.0 million as a result of the automatic adjustment provision related to the conversions of convertible securities into common stock.

All Performance Units must be settled before April 30, 2016. We recognized compensation expense (credit) of $0.1 million in 2011, $0.1 million in 2010, and $(0.2 million) in 2009 related to these 2006 MIP Performance Unit awards. The 2009 compensation credit resulted from the remeasurement of the liability-classified portion of the awards to fair value based on the market price of our common stock. We determined the amount of compensation expense recognized on the assumption that none of the Performance Unit awards would be forfeited.

During 2011, one current executive officer settled the remaining 44,831 Performance Units outstanding, resulting in the issuance of 26,898 shares of common stock and a cash payment of $0.1 million. There were no Performance Units outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

During 2010, three current and former executive officers settled an aggregate of 224,158 Performance Units under the 2006 MIP. These settlements resulted in the issuance of 134,490 shares of common stock and cash payments totaling $0.6 million.

 

65


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During 2009, eight current and former executive officers settled an aggregate of 1,474,129 Performance Units under the 2006 MIP. These settlements resulted in the issuance of 884,473 shares of common stock and cash payments totaling $1.9 million.

Stock-based compensation charges aggregated $5.1 million in 2011, $4.0 million in 2010 and $3.3 million in 2009. We include these charges in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. As of December 31, 2011, there was $9.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and nonvested stock which we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.79 years.

(14) BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

We completed several acquisitions since 2009 that we describe below. Generally, we acquire businesses that we believe will provide a strategic fit for our existing operations, cost savings and revenue synergies, or enable us to expand our capabilities in our New Services segment.

We allocate the total purchase price in a business acquisition to the fair value of identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the fair values at the acquisition date, and record amounts exceeding the fair values as goodwill. If the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the purchase price, we record this excess as a gain on bargain purchase. We determine the estimated fair values of intangible assets acquired using our estimates of future discounted cash flows to be generated by the acquired business over the estimated duration of those cash flows. We base the estimated cash flows on our projections of future revenues, cost of revenues, capital expenditures, working capital needs and tax rates. We estimate the duration of the cash flows based on the projected useful life of the assets and business acquired. We determine the discount rate based on specific business risk, cost of capital and other factors.

First Audit Partners LLP

On July 16, 2009, the Company’s UK subsidiary acquired the business and certain assets of First Audit Partners LLP (“FAP”), a privately-held European provider of recovery audit services based in Cambridge, United Kingdom. We have integrated the business and assets of FAP into our Recovery Audit Services – Europe/Asia-Pacific operating segment and have included the results of operations of FAP in the results of operations of this segment since the acquisition date. This acquisition enabled us to expand the growing list of major European retailers to whom we provide our services.

The financial terms of the FAP Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) are denominated in British pounds sterling; parenthetical references to U.S. dollar equivalents below are based on the foreign exchange rates as of the acquisition date. The APA required an initial payment to the FAP owners of £1.0 million ($1.6 million) and required additional deferred payments of £0.5 million ($0.8 million) in January 2010 and £0.8 million ($1.3 million) in July 2010. Additional variable consideration (“earn-out”) also may be due based on the operating results generated by the acquired business over the next four years. We recorded an additional £1.2 million ($1.9 million) payable based on management’s estimate of the fair value of the earn-out liability. We based this calculation on our estimate of the amount and timing of the variable consideration to be earned over the four-year period using a discount rate that we determined based on specific business risk, cost of capital and other factors. We recorded a total estimated purchase price of approximately $5.8 million. The excess of fair values of assets acquired over the purchase price resulted in a gain on bargain purchase of $2.8 million that we recorded net of $0.4 million of transaction costs. From the acquisition date to December 31, 2011, we paid £0.7 million ($1.2 million) of the earn-out and recorded accretion and other adjustments of the liability of $1.0 million, resulting in an earn-out payable of $1.7 million as of December 31, 2011.

Etesius Limited

In February 2010, the Company’s UK subsidiary acquired all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Etesius Limited (“Etesius”), a privately-held European provider of purchasing and payables technologies and spend analytics based in Chelmsford, United Kingdom. We have included the results of operations of Etesius in our New Services segment results of operations since the acquisition date. We intend for Etesius to expand our capabilities in our analytics and advisory services business.

 

66


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial terms of the Etesius share purchase agreement (“SPA”) required an initial payment to the Etesius shareholders of $2.8 million and a $0.3 million payment for obligations on behalf of Etesius shareholders which resulted in a total estimated purchase price value of approximately $3.1 million.

The SPA requires deferred payments of $1.2 million over four years from the date of the SPA to certain selling shareholders who are now our employees. The SPA also provides for potential additional variable payments (“earn-out”) to these selling shareholders/employees over the same four-year period based on the financial performance of certain of the Company’s services lines, up to a maximum of $3.8 million. Because we will not be obligated to make the deferred and earn-out payments upon the termination of employment of these employees under certain circumstances, we will recognize these payments as compensation expense if earned. From the acquisition date to December 31, 2011, we paid $0.1 million of the deferred payments. An additional $1.1 million will be due through February 2014 unless there is a termination of employment of these employees under certain circumstances. We currently estimate that we will not pay any variable consideration relating to these provisions.

TJG Holdings LLC

In November 2010, we acquired the business and certain assets of TJG Holdings LLC (“TJG”), a privately-held provider of finance and procurement operations improvement services based in Chicago, Illinois. We have included the results of operations of TJG in our New Services segment results of operations since the acquisition date. We intend for the TJG acquisition to allow us to expand our analytics and advisory services business. We recorded goodwill in connection with this acquisition, representing the value of the assembled workforce, including a management team with deep industry knowledge. This goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

The financial terms of the TJG Asset Purchase Agreement required an initial payment to the TJG owners of $2.3 million. Additional variable consideration (“earn-out”) may also be due based on the operating results generated by the acquired business over the next two years. We recorded an additional $1.4 million payable based on management’s estimate of the fair value of the earn-out liability. We calculated the earn-out liability based on estimated future discounted cash flows to be generated by the acquired business over a two year period. We determined the discount rate based on specific business risk, cost of capital and other factors. The total estimated purchase price was valued at approximately $3.7 million. From the acquisition date to December 31, 2011, we paid $0.7 million of the earn-out and recorded accretion and other adjustments of the liability of $0.4 million, resulting in an earn-out payable of $1.1 million as of December 31, 2011.

Business Strategy, Inc.

In December 2011, we acquired Business Strategy, Inc. and substantially all of the assets of Strategic Document Solutions, LLC (collectively, “BSI”), both based in Grand Rapids, Michigan, for a purchase price valued at $12.2 million. BSI is a provider of recovery audit and related procure-to-pay process improvement services for commercial clients, and a provider of customized software solutions and outsourcing solutions to improve back office payment processes. We have included the results of operations of BSI in our Recovery Audit Services – Americas segment and the results of operations of SDS in our New Services segment results of operations since the acquisition date. These amounts aggregated $0.8 million of revenues and $0.1 million of net earnings. We intend for the BSI and SDS acquisitions to allow us to expand our commercial recovery audit capabilities and to expand the services we offer to our clients.

The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $2.8 million and 640,614 shares of our common stock having a value of $3.7 million. An additional payment of approximately $0.8 million is due in the first quarter of 2012 for working capital received in excess of a specified minimum level. Additional variable consideration of up to $5.5 million, payable via a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, may be due based on the performance of the acquired businesses over a two year period from the date of acquisition. We may also be required to pay additional consideration of up to $8.0 million, payable in cash over a period of two years, based on certain net cash fee receipts from a particular recovery audit claim at a specific client. We recorded an additional $4.9 million payable based on management’s estimate of the fair value of the variable consideration payable. Our assessment of these fair

 

67


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

values is preliminary, and may be adjusted for information that currently is not available to us. Any changes to the initial estimates of the fair value of the assets and liabilities will be recorded to those assets and liabilities and residual amounts will be allocated to goodwill.

The initial estimate of the fair values of the assets acquired and purchase price is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair values of net assets acquired:

  

Equipment

   $ 70   

Intangible assets, primarily customer relationships

     4,041   

Working capital, including work in progress

     1,967   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,736

Goodwill

     7,826   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

   $ 12,168   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of purchase price

   $ 12,168   
  

 

 

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed financial information presents the combined results of operations of the Company and BSI as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2010. The unaudited pro forma financial information is not indicative of, nor does it purport to project, the future financial position or operating results of the Company. Pro forma adjustments included in these amounts consist primarily of amortization expense associated with the intangible assets recorded in the allocation of the purchase price. The unaudited pro forma financial information excludes acquisition and integration costs and does not give effect to any estimated and potential cost savings or other operating efficiencies that could result from the acquisition.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Revenues

   $ 210,073       $ 193,609   

Net earnings

   $ 2,508       $ 3,299   

 

68


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(15) QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

The following tables set forth certain unaudited condensed quarterly financial data for each of the last eight quarters during our fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. We have derived the information from unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of such quarterly information. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

     2011 Quarter Ended     2010 Quarter Ended  
     Mar. 31     June 30     Sept. 30      Dec. 31     Mar. 31     June 30      Sept. 30     Dec. 31  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $ 50,718      $ 50,704      $ 51,751       $ 49,944      $ 41,329      $ 45,507       $ 46,900      $ 50,345   

Operating expenses:

                  

Cost of revenues (1)

     34,594        34,523        34,125         34,240        29,770        30,873         31,695        33,731   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (1)

     12,430        12,297        12,417         11,958        9,999        10,344         10,136        10,256   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     1,181        1,214        1,464         1,542        1,154        1,227         1,290        1,232   

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,121        1,129        1,277         1,464        1,019        1,038         1,000        1,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     49,326        49,163        49,283         49,204        41,942        43,482         44,121        46,293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     1,392        1,541        2,468         740        (613     2,025         2,779        4,052   

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses on short-term intercompany balances

     (448     (431     1,055         241        621        1,091         (1,274     (16

Interest expense, net

     347        478        398         393        384        271         315        335   

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —          —          —           —          1,381        —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     1,493        1,494        1,015         106        (2,999     663         3,738        3,733   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,121        784        593         (1,206     436        628         1,177        (359
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 372      $ 710      $ 422       $ 1,312      $ (3,435   $ 35       $ 2,561      $ 4,092   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share (2)

   $ 0.02      $ 0.03      $ 0.02       $ 0.04      $ (0.15   $ 0.00       $ 0.11      $ 0.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share (2)

   $ 0.02      $ 0.03      $ 0.02       $ 0.04      $ (0.15   $ 0.00       $ 0.11      $ 0.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) We have reclassified certain previously reported amounts for all quarters prior to the fourth quarter of 2011 to conform with classifications adopted in the fourth quarter of 2011.
(2) We calculate each quarter as a discrete period; the sum of the four quarters may not equal the calculated full-year amount.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, management determined that a valuation allowance is no longer required against the deferred tax assets for one of its foreign subsidiaries given its return to profitability and future projected profitability. This adjustment resulted in a $0.5 million income tax benefit in the fourth quarter of 2011. Also in the fourth quarter of 2011, management recorded the initial purchase accounting entries for the December 2011 acquisition of Business Strategy, Inc. As a part of this process, we recorded a $1.7 million reduction in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that resulted from the deferred tax liabilities that we recorded relating to the acquisition. This reduction was accounted for as an income tax benefit in the fourth quarter of 2011.

As a part of an ongoing Canadian tax audit, we continue to defend our tax position related to the valuation of an intercompany transaction. We recognized $0.6 million of additional tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2011 to reflect our estimate of the potential tax due based on our continuing discussions with the Canadian tax authorities.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, management determined that it was not probable that the Company would make a matching contribution to the defined contribution retirement plan in 2011 for contributions made by employees in 2010. As a result, we reversed the amount recorded as of September 30, 2010 of $0.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

69


Table of Contents

PRGX GLOBAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Also in the fourth quarter of 2010, management finalized the purchase accounting entries relating to the February 2010 acquisition of Etesius Limited. In this process, we recorded a $1.2 million reduction in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that resulted from the deferred tax liabilities that we recorded relating to the acquisition. We recorded this amount as a reduction in our income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2010. As we completed the acquisition in the first quarter of 2010, we should have recorded this reduction in income tax expense in the first quarter of 2010. Had we recorded the adjustment in the first quarter of 2010, our net loss would have been $2.2 million as compared to the reported net loss of $3.4 million. We do not believe that the delay in recording this non-cash item is material to the users of our financial statements as it had no impact on our revenues, operating income, Adjusted EBITDA or cash flows, which we believe are the key metrics used by analysts, lenders and other users of our financial statements in evaluating the Company’s performance. Therefore, we do not consider it necessary to restate the 2010 quarterly financial statements.

 

70


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

 

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2011.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met. Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, the Company conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

This evaluation excluded our operations acquired through the acquisition of Business Strategy, Inc. and substantially all of the assets of Strategic Document Solutions, LLC (collectively, “BSI”). The acquired operations accounted for 11% of our total assets and less than 1% of our total revenues as reported in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011. In accordance with SEC guidance regarding the reporting of internal control over financial reporting in connection with an acquisition, management may omit an assessment of an acquired business’ internal control over financial reporting from management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting for a period not to exceed one year. Management did not assess the effectiveness of BSI’s internal control over financial reporting because of the timing of the acquisition, which was completed on December 1, 2011.

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

PRGX Global, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia

We have audited PRGX Global, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s

 

71


Table of Contents

management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Item 9A, “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Business Strategy, Inc. and Strategic Document Solutions, LLC (collectively, “BSI”) which were acquired on December 1, 2011, and which are included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. BSI constituted 11% of total assets as of December 31, 2011, and less than 1% of total revenues for the year then ended. Management did not assess the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of BSI because of the timing of the acquisition which was completed on December 1, 2011. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of BSI.

In our opinion, PRGX Global, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria .

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 14, 2012

 

ITEM 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

72


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Except as set forth below, the information required by Item 10 of this Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Proposal I: Election of Directors”, “Information about the Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors”, “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of our definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

We have undertaken to provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of our code of ethics applicable to our chief executive officer and senior financial officers. You may obtain a copy of this code of ethics free of charge from our website, www.prgx.com .

 

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Executive Compensation”, “Information about the Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors”, and “Report of the Compensation Committee” of the Proxy Statement.

 

73


Table of Contents
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Except as set forth below, the information required by Item 12 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Ownership of Directors, Principal Shareholders and Certain Executive Officers” of the Proxy Statement.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The Company currently has three stock-based compensation plans under which awards have been granted: (1) the Stock Incentive Plan (“SIP”), (2) the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (“2006 MIP”), and (3) the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (“2008 EIP”). The SIP, as amended, authorized the grant of options or other stock-based awards, with respect to up to 1,237,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to key employees, directors, consultants and advisors. The SIP expired in June 2008.

At the annual meeting of shareholders held on August 11, 2006, the shareholders of the Company approved a proposal granting authorization to issue up to 2.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock under the 2006 MIP. At Performance Unit settlement dates (which varied), participants were paid in common stock and in cash. Participants received a number of shares of Company common stock equal to 60% of the number of Performance Units being paid out, plus a cash payment equal to 40% of the fair market value of that number of shares of common stock equal to the number of Performance Units being paid out. The awards were 50% vested at the award date and the remainder of the awards vested ratably over approximately the following eighteen months. The awards contain certain anti-dilution and change of control provisions. Also, the number of Performance Units awarded were automatically adjusted on a pro-rata basis upon the conversion into common stock of any of the Company’s senior convertible notes or Series A convertible preferred stock.

During the first quarter of 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2008 EIP, which was approved by the shareholders at the annual meeting of the shareholders on May 29, 2008. The 2008 EIP authorizes the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other incentive awards. Two million shares of the Company’s common stock initially were reserved for issuance under the 2008 EIP pursuant to award grants to key employees, directors and service providers.

An amendment to the 2008 EIP was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors in April 2010 and approved at the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders held on June 15, 2010. The amendment, among other things, increased the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 EIP by 3,400,000 shares to a total of 5,400,000 shares and provided that restricted stock awards and other full value awards would count as 1.41 shares against the available pool of shares under the plan.

The following table presents certain information with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the registrant were authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2011:

 

Plan category

   Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column (a))
 
     (a)      (b)      (c)  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

        

Stock Incentive Plan

     527,455       $ 12.59         —     

2008 Equity Incentive Plan

     1,864,916         5.48         999,918   

Share awards (1)

     —           —           92,558   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2), (3)

     468,519         4.34         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,860,890       $ 6.61         1,092,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts presented represent 60% of Performance Unit awards under the Company’s 2006 Management Incentive Plan. Performance Unit awards are required to be settled 60% in common stock and 40% in cash. There were no awards outstanding at December 31, 2011.
(2) Inducement Option Grant – during the first quarter of 2009, in connection with his joining the Company as its President and Chief Executive Officer, the Company made inducement grants outside its existing stock-based compensation plans to Mr. Romil Bahl. Mr. Bahl received an option to purchase 296,296 shares of the common stock of the Company and had exercised options to purchase 27,777 shares through December 31, 2011.
(3) Inducement Option Grants – during the fourth quarter of 2011, in connection with their joining the Company in senior leadership positions, the Company made inducement grants outside its existing stock-based compensation plans to three executives. The aggregate amount of the grants included options to purchase 200,000 shares of the common stock of the Company. Vesting of 100,000 of the grants is subject to certain performance requirements.

 

74


Table of Contents
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Information about the Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors”, “Executive Compensation — Employment Agreements” and “Certain Transactions” of the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. Principal Accountants’ Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Principal Accountants’ Fees and Services” of the Proxy Statement.

 

75


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Documents filed as part of the report

 

  (1) Consolidated Financial Statements:

For the following consolidated financial information included herein, see Index on Page 36.

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     40   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years ended December  31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

     41   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     42   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years ended December  31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

     43   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

     44   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     45   

 

  (2) Financial Statement Schedule:

 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     S-1   

 

  (3) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number
   Description
2.1   

Share Purchase Agreement dated February 25, 2010 by and between PRGX U.K. Limited and Etesius Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2010).

2.2   

Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2011, among PRGX Global, Inc., PRGX Commercial LLC, Business Strategy, Inc., Strategic Document Services, LLC, DD&C Investments, L.L.C., Charles Fayon, Daniel Geelhoed and Dennis VanDyke. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2011).

3.1   

Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and corrected through August 11, 2006 (restated solely for the purpose of filing with the Commission) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2006).

3.1.1   

Articles of Amendment of the Registrant dated January 20, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2010).

3.2   

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2007).

4.1   

Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).

4.2   

See Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant, filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively.

4.3   

Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2000, between the Registrant and Rights Agent, effective May 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002).

4.3.1   

First Amendment to Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2002, between the Registrant and Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002).

4.3.2   

Second Amendment to Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2002, between the Registrant and Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002).

 

76


Table of Contents
4.3.3   

Third Amendment to Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2006, between the Registrant and Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2005).

4.3.4   

Fourth Amendment to Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2006, between the Registrant and Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2005).

4.3.5   

Fifth Amendment to Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2006, between the Registrant and Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).

4.3.6   

Sixth Amendment to Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2007, between the Registrant and Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 21, 2007).

4.3.7   

Seventh Amendment to Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2010, between the Registrant and Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

4.3.8   

Eighth Amendment, dated August 4, 2011, to the Registrant’s Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement between the Registrant and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent, dated as of August 9, 2000, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).

+10.1   

1996 Stock Option Plan, dated as of January 25, 1996, together with Forms of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s March 26, 1996 Registration Statement No. 333-1086 on Form S-1).

+10.2   

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and Directors and certain officers, including named executive officers, of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).

+10.3   

Form of the Registrant’s Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.4   

Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation and Confidentiality Agreement among The Profit Recovery Group International, Inc., Howard Schultz & Associates International, Inc., Howard Schultz, Andrew Schultz and certain trusts, dated January 24, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).

10.5   

Office Lease Agreement between Galleria 600, LLC and PRG-Schultz International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).

10.5.1   

First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between Galleria 600, LLC and PRG-Schultz International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).

+10. 6   

Amended Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002).

+10.7   

Amended HSA-Texas Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002).

10.8   

Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2002, among PRG-Schultz International, Inc., Berkshire Fund V, LP, Berkshire Investors LLC and Blum Strategic Partners II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002).

10.8.1   

Amendment to Investor Rights Agreement dated March 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006).

+10.9   

Form of Non-employee Director Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on February 11, 2005).

+10.10   

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Registrant and Mr. James B. McCurry, dated as of December 17, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2007).

+10.10.1   

Release Agreement dated December 1, 2008 between the Registrant and Mr. McCurry (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2008).

 

77


Table of Contents
+10.11   

Separation and Release Agreement between Registrant and Mr. John M. Cook, dated as of August 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 8, 2005).

+10.11.1   

First Amendment to Separation and Release Agreement with John M. Cook dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2006).

+10.12   

Separation and Release Agreement between Registrant and Mr. John M. Toma, dated as of August 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 8, 2005).

+10.12.1   

First Amendment to Separation and Release Agreement with John M. Toma dated March 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the registrant’s Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2006).

+10.13   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Peter Limeri entered into on November 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2008).

10.14   

Amended and Restated Standstill Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007, between Registrant and Blum Capital Partners, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2007).

10.15   

Restructuring Support Agreement dated December 23, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).

10.15.1   

Amended and Restated Restructuring Support Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006).

+10.16   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Larry Robinson dated November 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2008).

+10.16.1   

Separation Agreement between the Registrant and Larry Robinson dated August 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 9, 2010).

+10.17   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Brad Roos dated November 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2008).

+10.18   

Expatriate Assignment Agreement with Brad Roos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2008).

+10.18.1   

Separation Agreement between the Registrant and Brad Roos dated May 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2009).

10.19   

Registration Rights Agreement dated March 17, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006).

+10.22   

Amended and Restated 2006 Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006).

+10.22.1   

Form of Performance Unit Agreement under 2006 Amended and Restated Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006).

+10.22.2   

Form of Amendment to Performance Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2007).

+10.23   

Employment Agreement with Norman Lee White dated June 19, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed on June 20, 2006).

+10.23.1   

Separation Agreement dated November 30, 2008 between PRG-Schultz USA and Mr. White (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2008).

+10.24   

Form of Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2007).

+10.26   

PRGX Global, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2008).

 

78


Table of Contents
+10.26.1   

PRGX Global, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective April 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2010).

+10.26.2   

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2008).

+10.26.3   

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2008).

+10.27   

Employment Agreement dated January 8, 2009, by and between Mr. Romil Bahl and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).

+10.27.1   

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).

+10.27.2   

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).

+10.28   

Employment Agreement dated May 26, 2009 by and between the Registrant and Robert B. Lee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2009).

10.29   

Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of January 19, 2010, by and among PRGX Global, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz International, Inc.), and PRGX USA, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz USA, Inc.), as co-borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, SunTrust Bank, as issuing bank, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2011).

10.29.1   

Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 19, 2010 by and among PRGX Global, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz International, Inc), and PRGX USA, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz USA, Inc.), as borrowers, each of the subsidiaries of PRGX Global, Inc. listed on schedule I thereto, as guarantors, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2010).

10.29.2   

Security Agreement dated January 19, 2010 among PRGX Global, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz International, Inc), PRGX USA, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz USA, Inc.), and the other direct and indirect subsidiaries of PRGX Global, Inc. signatory thereto, as grantors, in favor of SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2010).

10.29.3   

Equity Pledge Agreement dated as of January 19, 2010, made by PRGX Global, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz International, Inc), PRGX USA, Inc. (formerly PRG-Schultz USA, Inc.), and the other direct and indirect subsidiaries of PRGX Global, Inc. signatory thereto, as grantors, in favor of SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2010).

10.29.4   

Loan Documents Modification Agreement dated June 21, 2010, by and among the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Lender.

10.29.5   

Second Loan Documents Modification Agreement dated September 30, 2010, by and among the Borrowers and the Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2010).

10.29.6   

Third Loan Documents Modification Agreement dated October 17, 2011, by and among the Borrowers and the Lender.

+10.30   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Victor A. Allums dated November 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2010).

+10.31   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jennifer G. Moore dated November 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2010).

+10.31.1   

Separation Agreement between the Registrant and Jennifer G. Moore dated October 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2010).

 

79


Table of Contents
+10.32   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and James Shand dated March 12, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2010).

+10.33   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Michael Noel dated September 30, 2009. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2011).

+10.34   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Catherine Lafiandra dated February 1, 2010.

+10.35   

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Puneet Pamnani dated February 8, 2012.

14.1   

Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).

21.1   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of BDO USA, LLP

31.1   

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a), for the year ended December 31, 2011.

31.2   

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a), for the year ended December 31, 2011.

32.1   

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, for the year ended December 31, 2011.

101   

The following financial information from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”): (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (iv) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.*

 

+ Designates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not to be “filed” or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under these sections.

 

80


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

  PRGX GLOBAL, INC.
By:   / S /    ROMIL BAHL        
  Romil Bahl
  President, Chief Executive Officer, Director
  (Principal Executive Officer)
Date:   March 14, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    ROMIL BAHL        

Romil Bahl

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 14, 2012

/ S /    ROBERT B. LEE        

Robert B. Lee

  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 14, 2012

/ S /    BRIAN D. LANE        

Brian D. Lane

  

Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 14, 2012

/ S /    DAVID A. COLE        

David A. Cole

   Director   March 14, 2012

/ S /    WILLIAM C. COPACINO        

William C. Copacino

   Director   March 14, 2012

/ S /    PATRICK G. DILLS        

Patrick G. Dills

   Chairman of the Board   March 14, 2012

/ S /    ARCHELLE GEORGIOU FELDSHON        

Archelle Georgiou Feldshon

   Director   March 14, 2012

/ S /    N. COLIN LIND        

N. Colin Lind

   Director   March 14, 2012

/ S /    PHILIP J. MAZZILLI, JR.        

Philip J. Mazzilli, Jr.

   Director   March 14, 2012

/ S /    STEVEN P. ROSENBERG        

Steven P. Rosenberg

   Director   March 14, 2012

 

81


Table of Contents
SCHEDULE VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(In thousands)

 

            Additions     Deductions        

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Year
     Charge
(Credit) to
Costs and
Expenses
    Credit to
the respective
receivable (1)
    Balance at
End of
Year
 

2011

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

   $ 591         221        (1   $ 811   

Allowance for doubtful employee advances and miscellaneous receivables

   $ 669         366        (763   $ 272   

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   $ 54,801         (2,754     —        $ 52,047   

2010

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

   $ 1,032         (360     (81   $ 591   

Allowance for doubtful employee advances and miscellaneous receivables

   $ 351         559        (241   $ 669   

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   $ 58,304         (3,503     —        $ 54,801   

2009

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

   $ 921         137        (26   $ 1,032   

Allowance for doubtful employee advances and miscellaneous receivables

   $ 311         235        (195   $ 351   

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   $ 64,307         (6,003     —        $ 58,304   

 

(1) Write-offs, net of recoveries

 

S-1


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Exhibit 10.29.4

LOAN DOCUMENTS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN DOCUMENTS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 21 st day of July, 2010, by and among PRGX GLOBAL, INC., a Georgia corporation formerly known as PRG-Schultz International, Inc. (“ PRGX ”), PRGX USA, INC., a Georgia corporation formerly known as PRG-Schultz USA, Inc. (“ PRG-USA ”) (PRGX and PRG-USA are each individually, a “ Borrower ”, and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), each of the Subsidiaries of PRGX listed on Schedule I hereto (each such Subsidiary individually, a “ Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), and SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent, the sole Lender and Issuing Bank.

BACKGROUND STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Borrowers have entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2010 (as may be subsequently amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time-to-time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement), with the Administrative Agent, the issuing bank thereunder and the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”); and

WHEREAS, Guarantors and Administrative Agent have entered into that certain Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2010 (as may be subsequently amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time-to-time, the “ Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, Borrowers and Guarantors have entered into various other instruments, agreements, documents and writings in connection with the Credit Agreement and the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement (as may be subsequently amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time-to-time, collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”); and

WHEREAS, with the consent described below PRGX and certain of PRGX’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries have changed their legal names from the names set forth in the left-hand column of the chart set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Prior Names ”) to the respective names set forth opposite the Prior Names in the right-hand column of the chart set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “ New Names ”) (such name changes referred to herein as the “ Name Changes ”); and

WHEREAS, Administrative Agent and Lenders have consented to the Name Changes pursuant to that certain Name Change Consent, dated as of January 19, 2010, subject to the terms and conditions more specifically set forth therein, including, without limitation, upon Administrative Agent’s request, to execute and deliver this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, Borrowers, Guarantors and Administrative Agent have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and the other Loan Documents to reflect the Name Changes.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the above premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged by the parties hereto, Borrowers, Guarantors, Administrative Agent, the sole Lender and Issuing Bank agree as follows:

1. Modification of Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and Loan Documents . The Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are hereby amended, effective as of the date hereof, so that all references therein to the Prior Names shall refer to the New Names. Without limiting the generality of clause (i) of the sixth sentence of


Section 1.4 of the Credit Agreement (or any corresponding provision of the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any other Loan Document), the terms of the Loan Documents are hereby further amended, effective as of the date hereof, so that all references therein to the Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and each other Loan Document as amended herein.

2. Ratification and Reaffirmation . Except as herein expressly modified or amended, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and the other Loan Documents are hereby ratified, affirmed, and approved. As of the date hereof, Borrowers and Guarantors hereby reaffirm and restate each and every warranty and representation set forth in any Loan Document, in each case except to the extent such warranty or representation expressly relates to an earlier date. In consideration of Administrative Agent agreeing to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Amendment and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

3. No Novation . The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that this Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the indebtedness evidenced by any of the Loan Documents, and further that the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain valid and in full force and effect except as be herein modified and amended.

4. No Defenses; Release . For purposes of this Paragraph 4, the term “ Borrower Parties ” shall mean Borrowers and Guarantors collectively and the term “ Lender Parties ” shall mean Administrative Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank, and shall include each of their respective predecessors, successors and assigns, and each past and present, direct and indirect, parent, subsidiary and affiliated entity of each of the foregoing, and each past and present employee, agent, attorney-in-fact, attorney-at-law, representative, officer, director, shareholder, partner and joint venturer of each of the foregoing, and each heir, executor, administrator, successor and assign of each of the foregoing; references in this paragraph to “any” of such parties shall be deemed to mean “any one or more” of such parties; and references in this sentence to “each of the foregoing” shall mean and refer cumulatively to each party referred to in this sentence up to the point of such reference. Each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby acknowledges, represents and agrees: that, as of the date hereof, Borrowers and Guarantors have no defenses, setoffs, claims, counterclaims or causes of action of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Obligations, or with respect to any other documents or instruments now or heretofore evidencing, securing or in any way relating to the Obligations (all of said defenses, setoffs, claims, counterclaims or causes of action being hereinafter referred to as “ Loan Related Claims ”); that, to the extent that Borrowers or Guarantors may be deemed to have any Loan Related Claims as of the date hereof, Borrowers and Guarantors do hereby expressly waive, release and relinquish any and all such Loan Related Claims, whether or not known to or suspected by Borrowers and Guarantors; that Borrowers and Guarantors shall not institute or cause to be instituted any legal action or proceeding of any kind based upon any Loan Related Claims; and that Borrowers and Guarantors shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend all Lender Parties from and against any and all Loan Related Claims and any and all losses, damages, liabilities and related reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Lender Parties) suffered or incurred by any Lender Parties as a result of any assertion or allegation by any Borrower Parties of any Loan Related Claims or as a result of any legal action related thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not , as to any Lender Parties, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Lender Parties or (ii) a claim brought by any Borrower or Guarantor against any Lender Parties for breach in bad faith of such Lender Parties’ obligations under any

 

2


Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 4, Borrowers and Guarantors make no such releases, representations, warranties, standstills or agreements with respect to any future Loan Related Claims.

5. No Waiver or Implication . Borrowers and Guarantors hereby agree that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver by Administrative Agent or any Lender of any default, whether known or unknown, which may now exist under the Credit Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or any other Loan Document. Borrowers and Guarantors hereby further agree that no action, inaction or agreement by Administrative Agent or any Lender, including, without limitation, any extension, indulgence, waiver, consent or agreement of modification which may have occurred or have been granted or entered into (or which is now occurring or is being granted or entered into hereunder or otherwise) with respect to nonpayment of the Loans or any portion thereof, or with respect to matters involving security for the Loans, or with respect to any other matter relating to the Loans, shall require or imply any future extension, indulgence, waiver, consent or agreement by Administrative Agent or any Lender. Borrowers and Guarantors hereby acknowledge and agree that Administrative Agent has made no agreement, and is in no way obligated, to grant any future extension, indulgence, waiver or consent with respect to the Loans or any matter relating to the Loans.

6. No Release of Collateral . Borrowers and Guarantors further acknowledge and agree that this Amendment shall in no way occasion a release of any collateral held by Administrative Agent as security to or for the Loans, and that all collateral held by Administrative Agent as security to or for the Loans shall continue to secure the Loans.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original hereof and submissible into evidence and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

8. Heading s. The headings of the paragraphs and other provisions hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Amendment.

9. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrowers, Guarantors, Administrative Agent, Lenders, Issuing Bank and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, whether voluntary by act of the parties or involuntary by operation of law.

10. Miscellaneous . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amendment, it is understood and agreed that the amendment of the various Loan Documents in this one Amendment is being done as a matter of administrative convenience only, and does not make any party to this Amendment also a party to any respective Loan Document unless a party thereto other than by virtue of this Amendment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and for avoidance of doubt, no consent of any party to this Amendment shall be required in connection with any further amendment, supplement or other modification to any such respective Loan Document, or to any waiver thereunder, unless such consent is otherwise required pursuant to the terms of such respective Loan Document (after giving effect to the preceding sentence).

(Signatures on following page)

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

PRGX GLOBAL, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz International, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX USA, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz USA, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGDS, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee   (SEAL)
Name:   Robert B. Lee  
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer  

 

PRGFS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

(Signatures continue on following page)


PRG INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Georgia corporation
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGTS, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee   (SEAL)
Name:   Robert B. Lee  
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer  

 

PRGX ASIA, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Asia, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX AUSTRALIA, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Australia, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

(Signatures continue on following page)


PRGX BELGIUM, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Belgium, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX BRASIL, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Brasil, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee   (SEAL)
Name:   Robert B. Lee  
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer  

 

PRGX CANADA, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Canada, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee   (SEAL)
Name:   Robert B. Lee  
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer & Controller  

 

PRGX EUROPE, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Europe, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

(Signatures continue on following page)

 


PRGX FRANCE, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz France, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX GERMANY, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Germany, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX MEXICO, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Mexico, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

(Signatures continue on following page)


PRGX NETHERLANDS, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Netherlands, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX NEW ZEALAND, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group New Zealand, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX PORTUGAL, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Portugal, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

(Signatures continue on following page)


PRGX SCANDINAVIA, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Scandinavia, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX SPAIN, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Spain, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX SWITZERLAND, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Switzerland, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX TEXAS, INC., a Texas corporation, formerly known as HS&A Acquisition – UK, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

(Signatures continue on following page)


SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent, the sole Lender and Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ D. Scott Cathcart
Name:   D. Scott Cathcart
Title:   First Vice President

(End of signatures)


SCHEDULE I

SUBSIDIARIES

 

1. PRGDS, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company

 

2. PRGFS, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

3. PRG International, Inc., a Georgia corporation

 

4. PRGTS, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company

 

5. PRGX Asia, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Asia, Inc.

 

6. PRGX Australia, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Australia, Inc.

 

7. PRGX Belgium, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Belgium, Inc.

 

8. PRGX Brasil, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Brasil, LLC

 

9. PRGX Canada, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Canada, LLC

 

10. PRGX Europe, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Europe, Inc.

 

11. PRGX France, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz France, Inc.

 

12. PRGX Germany, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Germany, Inc.

 

13. PRGX Mexico, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Mexico, Inc.

 

14. PRGX Netherlands, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Netherlands, Inc.

 

15. PRGX New Zealand, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group New Zealand, Inc.

 

16. PRGX Portugal, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Portugal, Inc.

 

17. PRGX Scandinavia, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Scandinavia, Inc.

 

18. PRGX Spain, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as The Profit Recovery Group Spain, Inc.

 

19. PRGX Switzerland, Inc., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz Switzerland, Inc.

 

20. PRGX Texas, Inc., a Texas corporation, formerly known as HS&A Acquisition – UK, Inc.


EXHIBIT A

NAME CHANGES

 

Prior Names

  

New Names

PRG-Schultz International, Inc.    PRGX Global, Inc.
PRG-Schultz USA, Inc.    PRGX USA, Inc.
The Profit Recovery Group Asia, Inc.    PRGX Asia, Inc.
PRG-Schultz Australia, Inc.    PRGX Australia, Inc.
PRG-Schultz Belgium, Inc.    PRGX Belgium, Inc.
PRG-Schultz Brasil, LLC    PRGX Brasil, LLC
PRG-Schultz Canada, LLC    PRGX Canada, LLC
PRG-Schultz Europe, Inc.    PRGX Europe, Inc.
PRG-Schultz France, Inc.    PRGX France, Inc.
The Profit Recovery Group Germany, Inc.    PRGX Germany, Inc.
The Profit Recovery Group Mexico, Inc.    PRGX Mexico, Inc.
The Profit Recovery Group Netherlands, Inc.    PRGX Netherlands, Inc.
The Profit Recovery Group New Zealand, Inc.    PRGX New Zealand, Inc.
PRG-Schultz Portugal, Inc.    PRGX Portugal, Inc.
PRG-Schultz Scandinavia, Inc.    PRGX Scandinavia, Inc.
The Profit Recovery Group Spain, Inc.    PRGX Spain, Inc.
PRG-Schultz Switzerland, Inc.    PRGX Switzerland, Inc.
HS&A Acquisition – UK, Inc.    PRGX Texas, Inc.

Exhibit 10.29.6

THIRD LOAN DOCUMENTS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD LOAN DOCUMENTS MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 17th day of October, 2011, by and among PRGX GLOBAL, INC., a Georgia corporation formerly known as PRG-Schultz International, Inc. (“ PRGX ”), PRGX USA, INC., a Georgia corporation formerly known as PRG-Schultz USA, Inc. (“ PRG-USA ”) (PRGX and PRG-USA are each individually, a “ Borrower ”, and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), and SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent, the sole Lender and Issuing Bank.

BACKGROUND STATEMENT

WHEREAS, Borrowers have entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2010 (as heretofore amended, and as the same may be subsequently amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time-to-time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement), with the Administrative Agent, the issuing bank thereunder and the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”); and

WHEREAS, Borrowers, Administrative Agent, the sole Lender and Issuing Bank have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the above premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged by the parties hereto, Borrowers, Administrative Agent, the sole Lender and Issuing Bank agree as follows:

1. Modification of Credit Agreement and Loan Documents . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended, effective as of the date hereof, by deleting Section 6.5 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

Section 6.5 Capital Expenditures . PRGX and its Subsidiaries will not make Capital Expenditures in excess of (i) $7,000,000 during the 2010 Fiscal Year, (ii) $9,000,000 during the 2011 Fiscal Year, (iii) $8,000,000 during the 2012 Fiscal Year, and (iv) $7,000,000 during any subsequent Fiscal Year.”

Without limiting the generality of clause (i) of the sixth sentence of Section 1.4 of the Credit Agreement (or any corresponding provision of any other Loan Document), the terms of the Loan Documents are hereby amended, effective as of the date hereof, so that all references therein to the Credit Agreement shall refer to Credit Agreement as amended herein.

2. Ratification and Reaffirmation . Except as herein expressly modified or amended, all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are hereby ratified, affirmed, and approved. As of the date hereof, Borrowers hereby reaffirm and restate each and every warranty and representation set forth in any Loan Document, in each case except to the extent such warranty or representation expressly relates to an earlier date. In consideration of Administrative Agent agreeing to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Amendment and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

3. No Novation . The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that this Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the indebtedness evidenced by any of the Loan Documents, and further that the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain valid and in full force and effect except as be herein modified and amended.


4. No Defenses; Release . For purposes of this Paragraph 4, the term “ Borrower Parties ” shall mean Borrowers collectively and the term “ Lender Parties ” shall mean Administrative Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank, and shall include each of their respective predecessors, successors and assigns, and each past and present, direct and indirect, parent, subsidiary and affiliated entity of each of the foregoing, and each past and present employee, agent, attorney-in-fact, attorney-at-law, representative, officer, director, shareholder, partner and joint venturer of each of the foregoing, and each heir, executor, administrator, successor and assign of each of the foregoing; references in this paragraph to “any” of such parties shall be deemed to mean “any one or more” of such parties; and references in this sentence to “each of the foregoing” shall mean and refer cumulatively to each party referred to in this sentence up to the point of such reference. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges, represents and agrees: that, as of the date hereof, Borrowers have no defenses, setoffs, claims, counterclaims or causes of action of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Obligations, or with respect to any other documents or instruments now or heretofore evidencing, securing or in any way relating to the Obligations (all of said defenses, setoffs, claims, counterclaims or causes of action being hereinafter referred to as “ Loan Related Claims ”); that, to the extent that Borrowers may be deemed to have any Loan Related Claims as of the date hereof, Borrowers do hereby expressly waive, release and relinquish any and all such Loan Related Claims, whether or not known to or suspected by Borrowers; that Borrowers shall not institute or cause to be instituted any legal action or proceeding of any kind based upon any Loan Related Claims; and that Borrowers shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend all Lender Parties from and against any and all Loan Related Claims and any and all losses, damages, liabilities and related reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Lender Parties) suffered or incurred by any Lender Parties as a result of any assertion or allegation by any Borrower Parties of any Loan Related Claims or as a result of any legal action related thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not , as to any Lender Parties, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Lender Parties or (ii) a claim brought by any Borrower against any Lender Parties for breach in bad faith of such Lender Parties’ obligations under any Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 4, Borrowers make no such releases, representations, warranties, standstills or agreements with respect to any future Loan Related Claims.

5. No Waiver or Implication . Borrowers hereby agree that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver by Administrative Agent or any Lender of any default, whether known or unknown, which may now exist under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Borrowers hereby further agree that no action, inaction or agreement by Administrative Agent or any Lender, including, without limitation, any extension, indulgence, waiver, consent or agreement of modification which may have occurred or have been granted or entered into (or which is now occurring or is being granted or entered into hereunder or otherwise) with respect to nonpayment of the Loans or any portion thereof, or with respect to matters involving security for the Loans, or with respect to any other matter relating to the Loans, shall require or imply any future extension, indulgence, waiver, consent or agreement by Administrative Agent or any Lender. Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree that Administrative Agent has made no agreement, and is in no way obligated, to grant any future extension, indulgence, waiver or consent with respect to the Loans or any matter relating to the Loans.

6. No Release of Collateral . Borrowers further acknowledge and agree that this Amendment shall in no way occasion a release of any collateral held by Administrative Agent as security to or for the Loans, and that all collateral held by Administrative Agent as security to or for the Loans shall continue to secure the Loans.

 

2


7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original hereof and submissible into evidence and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

8. Heading s. The headings of the paragraphs and other provisions hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Amendment.

9. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrowers, Administrative Agent, Lenders, Issuing Bank and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, whether voluntary by act of the parties or involuntary by operation of law.

(Signatures on following page)

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

PRGX GLOBAL, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz International, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

PRGX USA, INC., a Georgia corporation, formerly known as PRG-Schultz USA, Inc.
By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
Name:   Robert B. Lee
Title:   Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer
  [CORPORATE SEAL]

 

SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent, the sole Lender and Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ D. Scott Cathcart
Name:   D. Scott Cathcart
Title:   First Vice President

Exhibit 10.34

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 31, 2010, to be effective February 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between PRGX Global, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), and Catherine H. Lafiandra (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Company considers the availability of the Executive’s services to be important to the management and conduct of the Company’s business and desires to secure the availability of the Executive’s services; and

WHEREAS , the Executive is willing to make the Executive’s services available to the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and intending to be legally bound, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

  1. Employment and Duties .

(a)   Position . The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, as the Senior Vice President — Human Resources of the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement. The Executive agrees to perform such duties and responsibilities as are customarily performed by persons acting in such capacity or as are assigned to Executive from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company or its designees. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that from time to time the Company, within reason, may assign Executive additional positions with the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, with such title, duties and responsibilities as shall be determined by the Company. The Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(b)   Duties . The Executive shall devote the Executive’s best efforts and full professional time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries. During the Term, Executive shall not serve as a director or principal of any other company or charitable or civic organization without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company. The principal place(s) of employment of the Executive shall be the Company’s executive offices in Atlanta, Georgia subject to reasonable travel on the business of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries. The Executive shall be expected to follow and be bound by the terms of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and any other applicable policies as the Company from time to time may adopt.

2.   Term . This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date, and will continue through the first anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated or extended as hereinafter provided. This Agreement shall be extended for successive one-year periods following the original term (through each subsequent anniversary thereafter) unless any party notifies the other in writing at least 30 days prior to the end of the original term, or the end of any additional one-year renewal term, that the Agreement shall not be extended beyond its then current term. The term of this Agreement, including any renewal term, is referred to herein as the “Term.”


  3. Compensation .

(a)   Base Salary . The Company shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $200,000. The annual base salary shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (but no less frequently than monthly) subject to ordinary and lawful deductions. The Compensation Committee of the Company will review the Executive’s base salary from time to time to consider whether any increase should be made. The base salary during the Term will not be less than that in effect at any time during the Term.

(b)   Annual Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to participate in an annual incentive bonus plan that will establish measurable criteria and incentive compensation levels payable to the Executive for performance in relation to defined targets established by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, after consultation with management, and consistent with the Company’s business plans and objectives. To the extent the targeted performance levels are exceeded, the incentive bonus plan will provide a means by which the annual bonus will be increased. Similarly, the incentive plan will provide a means by which the annual bonus will be decreased or eliminated if the targeted performance levels are not achieved. In connection with such annual incentive bonus plan, subject to the corresponding performance levels being achieved, the Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus equal to 50 percent of the Executive’s annual base salary and an annual maximum bonus equal to 100 percent of the Executive’s annual base salary. Any bonus payments due hereunder shall be payable to the Executive no later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the applicable year to which the incentive bonus relates. The Executive’s annual incentive bonus for calendar year 2010 shall be subject to pro-ration based on the number of days that Executive is actually employed by the Company during 2010 (beginning with the Effective Date).

(c)   Stock Compensation . The Executive also shall be eligible to receive stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and/or other equity awards under the Company’s applicable equity plans on such basis as the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company or their designees, as the case may be, may determine on a basis not less favorable than that provided to the class of employees that includes the Executive. Except as specifically set forth above, however, nothing herein shall require the Company to make any equity grants or other awards to the Executive in any specific year.

4.   Indemnity. The Company and the Executive will enter into the Company’s standard indemnification agreement for executive officers.

 

  5. Benefits .

(a)   Benefit Programs . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any plans, programs or forms of compensation or benefits that the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries provide to the class of employees that includes the Executive, on a basis not less favorable than that provided to such class of employees, including, without limitation, group medical, disability and life insurance, paid time-off, and retirement plan, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, programs or forms of compensation or benefits.

(b)   Paid Time-Off . The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of paid time-off, to be accrued and used in accordance with the normal Company paid time-off policy.

 

2


6.   Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive, subject to presentation of adequate substantiation, including receipts, for the reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and other business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy in effect at the time such expenses are incurred. In no event will such reimbursements, if any, be made later than the last day of the year following the year in which the Executive incurs the expense.

 

  7. Termination of Employment .

(a)   Death or Incapacity . The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death. If the Company determines that the Incapacity, as hereinafter defined, of the Executive has occurred, it may terminate the Executive’s employment and this Agreement. “Incapacity” shall mean the inability of the Executive to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of 90 days in the aggregate in any rolling 180-day period.

(b)   Termination by Company For Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Term of this Agreement for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, the following:

(i) the Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties which the Board of Directors of the Company believes does or is likely to result in material harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(ii) the Executive’s misappropriation or embezzlement of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iii) the Executive’s fraud or dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iv) the Executive’s conviction of, indictment for (or its procedural equivalent), or entering of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to any felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; or

(v) the Executive’s breach of a material term of this Agreement, or violation in any material respect of any code or standard of behavior generally applicable to officers of the Company (including, without, limitation the Company’s Code of Conduct, Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and any other applicable policies as the Company from time to time may adopt), after being advised in writing of such breach or violation and being given 30 days to remedy such breach or violation, to the extent that such breach or violation can be cured;

(vi) the Executive’s breach of fiduciary duties owed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(vii) the Executive’s engagement in habitual insobriety or the use of illegal drugs or substances; or

 

3


(viii) the Executive’s willful failure to cooperate, or willful failure to cause and direct persons under the Executive’s management or direction, or employed by, or consultants or agents to, the Company or its subsidiaries to cooperate, with all corporate investigations or independent investigations by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries, all governmental investigations of the Company or its subsidiaries or orders involving the Executive, the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries entered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding the above, and without limitation, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive (i) a letter from the Board of Directors of the Company finding that the Executive has engaged in the conduct set forth in any of the preceding clauses and specifying the particulars thereof in detail and (ii) a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not officers of the Company at a meeting of the Board of Directors called and held for such purpose or such other appropriate written consent (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors of the Company), finding that the Executive has engaged in such conduct and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c)   Termination by Executive for Good Reason . The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Executive’s consent, the following:

(i) any action taken by the Company which results in a material reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (except that any change in the foregoing that results solely from (A) the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded entity or from the Company becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of another publicly traded entity or (B) any change in the geographic scope of the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities will not, in any event and standing alone, constitute a substantial reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities), including any requirement that the Executive report directly to anyone other than the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

(ii) the assignment to the Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(iii) any material decrease in the Executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity or the benefits generally available to the class of employees that includes the Executive, except to the extent the Company has instituted a salary, bonus or benefits reduction generally applicable to all executives of the Company other than in contemplation of or after a Change in Control;

(iv) the relocation of the Executive to any primary place of employment other than as specified in Section 1(b) above which might require the Executive to move the Executive’s residence which, for this purpose, means any reassignment to a place of employment 50 miles or more from the place (or, if applicable, all places) of employment set forth in Section 1(b), without the Executive’s express written consent to such relocation; provided, however, this subsection (iv) shall not apply in the case of business travel which requires the Executive to relocate temporarily for periods of 90 days or less;

 

4


(v) the failure by the Company to pay to the Executive any portion of the Executive’s base salary, annual bonus or other benefits within 10 days after the date the same is due; or

(vi) any material failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the above, and without limitation, “Good Reason” shall not include any resignation by the Executive where Cause for the Executive’s termination by the Company exists and the Company then follows the procedures described above. The Executive must give the Company notice of any event or condition that would constitute “Good Reason” within 30 days of the event or condition which would constitute “Good Reason,” and upon the receipt of such notice the Company shall have 30 days to remedy such event or condition. If such event or condition is not remedied within such 30-day period, any termination of employment by the Executive for “Good Reason” must occur within 30 days after the period for remedying such condition or event has expired.

(d)   Termination by Company Without Cause or by Executive Other than For Good Reason . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Term of this Agreement without Cause, and Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment for other than Good Reason, upon 30 days’ written notice. The Company may elect to pay the Executive during any applicable notice period (in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company, no less frequently than monthly) and remove him from active service.

(e)   Termination by Executive on Failure to Renew . The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time on or before the expiration of the Term of the Agreement, if the Company notifies the Executive that the Term of the Agreement shall not be extended as provided in Section 2 above.

 

  8. Obligations of the Company Upon Termination .

(a)   Without Cause; Good Reason; Non-Renewal (No Change in Control) . If, during the Term, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof, the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment for Good Reason in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment upon the Company’s failure to renew the Agreement in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof, other than within two years after a Change in Control, subject to Section 20 below, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) payment of the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (or, if greater, the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding any action by the Company described in Section 7(c)(iii) above for which the Executive has terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason), for the period equal to the greater of one year or the sum of four weeks for each full year of continuous service the Executive has with the Company and its subsidiaries at the time of termination of employment, beginning immediately following termination of employment (the “Severance Period”), payable in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (but no less frequently than monthly), beginning on the first payroll date following 30 days after termination of employment, with

 

5


the Executive to receive at that time a lump sum payment with respect to any installments the Executive was entitled to receive during the first 30 days following termination of employment, and the remaining payments made as if they had commenced immediately following termination of employment;

(ii) payment of an amount equal to the Executive’s actual earned full-year bonus for the year in which the termination of Executive’s employment occurs, prorated based on the number of days the Executive was employed for the year, payable at the time the Executive’s annual bonus for the year otherwise would be paid had the Executive continued employment;

(iii) continuation after the date of termination of employment of any health care (medical, dental and vision) plan coverage, other than that under a flexible spending account, provided to the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and dependents at the date of termination for the Severance Period, on a monthly or more frequent basis, on the same basis and at the same cost to the Executive as available to similarly-situated active employees during such Severance Period, provided that such continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs and provided that such continued coverage by the Company shall terminate in the event Executive becomes eligible for any such coverage under another employer’s plans. If the Company reasonably determines that maintaining such coverage for the Executive or the Executive’s spouse or dependents is not feasible under the terms and provisions of such plans and programs (or where such continuation would adversely affect the tax status of the plan pursuant to which the coverage is provided), the Company shall pay the Executive cash equal to the estimated cost of the expected Company contribution therefor for such same period of time, with such payments to be made in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) for the period during which such cash payments are to be provided;

(iv) payment of any Accrued Obligations. For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (A) the Executive’s annual base salary through Executive’s termination of employment which remains unpaid, (B) the amount, if any, of any incentive or bonus compensation earned for any completed fiscal year of the Company which has not yet been paid, (C) any reimbursements for expenses incurred but not yet paid, and (D) any benefits or other amounts, including both cash and stock components, which pursuant to the terms of any plans, policies or programs have been earned or become payable, but which have not yet been paid to the Executive, including payment for any unused paid time-off (but not including amounts that previously had been deferred at the Executive’s request, which amounts will be paid in accordance with the Executive’s existing directions). The Accrued Obligations will be paid to the Executive in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment, which for purposes of any incentive or bonus compensation described in (B) above shall mean at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid;

(v) vesting in full of the Executive’s outstanding unvested options, restricted stock and other equity-based awards that would have vested based solely on the continued employment of the Executive. Additionally, all of Executive’s outstanding stock options shall remain outstanding until the earlier of (i) one year after the date of termination

 

6


of the Executive’s employment or (ii) the original expiration date of the options (disregarding any earlier expiration date provided for in any other agreement, including without limitation any related grant agreement, based solely on the termination of the Executive’s employment); and

(vi) payment of one year of outplacement services from Executrack or an outplacement service provider of the Executive’s choice, limited to $20,000 in total. This outplacement services benefit will be forfeited if the Executive does not begin using such services within 60 days after the termination of the Executive’s employment.

(b)   Without Cause; Good Reason; Non-Renewal (Change in Control) . If, during the Term, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof, the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment for Good Reason in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment upon the Company’s failure to renew the Agreement in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof, within two years after a Change in Control, subject to Section 20 below, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) payment of the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (or, if greater, the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding any action by the Company described in Section 7(c)(iii) above for which the Executive has terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason), for the period equal to the greater of 18 months or the sum of four weeks for each full year of continuous service the Executive has with the Company and its subsidiaries at the time of termination of employment, beginning immediately following termination of employment (the “Change in Control Severance Period”), payable in accordance with the established payable practices of the Company (but no less frequently than monthly), beginning on the first payroll date following 30 days after termination of employment, with the Executive to receive at that time a lump sum payment with respect to any installments the Executive was entitled to receive during the first 30 days following termination of employment;

(ii) payment of an amount equal to the Executive’s actual earned full-year bonus for the year in which the termination of Executive’s employment occurs, prorated based on the number of days the Executive was employed for the year, payable at the time the Executive’s annual bonus for the year otherwise would be paid had the Executive continued employment;

(iii) continuation after the date of termination of employment of any health care (medical, dental and vision) plan coverage, other than that under a flexible spending account, provided to the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and dependents at the date of termination for the Change in Control Severance Period, on a monthly or more frequent basis, on the same basis and at the same cost to the Executive as available to similarly-situated active employees during such Change in Control Severance Period, provided that such continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs and provided that such continued contribution by the Company shall terminate in the event Executive becomes eligible for any such coverage under another employer’s plans. If the Company reasonably determines that maintaining such coverage for

 

7


the Executive or the Executive’s spouse or dependents is not feasible under the terms and provisions of such plans and programs (or where such continuation would adversely affect the tax status of the plan pursuant to which the coverage is provided), the Company shall pay the Executive cash equal to the estimated cost of the expected Company contribution therefor for such same period of time, with such payments to be made in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) for the period during which such cash payments are to be provided;

(iv) payment of any Accrued Obligations in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment, which for purposes of any incentive or bonus compensation described in Section 8(a)(iv)(B) above shall mean at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid;

(v) vesting in full of the Executive’s outstanding unvested options, restricted stock and other equity-based awards that would have vested based solely on the continued employment of the Executive. Additionally, all of the Executive’s outstanding stock options shall remain outstanding until the earlier of (i) one year after the date of termination of the Executive’s employment or (ii) the original expiration date of the options (disregarding any earlier expiration date provided for in any other agreement, including without limitation any related grant agreement, based solely on the termination of the Executive’s employment); and

(vi) payment of one year of outplacement services from Executrack or an outplacement service provider of the Executive’s choice, limited to $20,000 in total. This outplacement services benefit will be forfeited if the Executive does not begin using such services within 60 days after the termination of the Executive’s employment.

(c)   Death or Incapacity . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Incapacity in accordance with Section 7(a) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) payment of an amount equal to the actual full-year bonus earned for the year that includes Executive’s death or Incapacity, prorated based on the number of days the Executive is employed for the year, payable at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid had the Executive continued employment; and

(ii) payment of any Accrued Obligations in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment, which for purposes of any incentive or bonus compensation described in Section 8(a)(iv)(B) above shall mean at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid.

(d)   Cause; Other Than for Good Reason . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause in accordance with Section 7(b) hereof, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Good Reason in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof, this Agreement shall terminate without any further obligation to the Executive other than to pay the Accrued Obligations (except that any incentive or bonus compensation earned for any completed fiscal year of the Company which has not yet been paid shall not be paid if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause in accordance with Section 7(b) hereof) as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

8


(e)   Release and Waiver . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive’s right to receive any payments or benefits under Sections 8(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (v) and (vi) and 8(b)(i), (ii), (iii), (v) and (vi) of this Agreement upon the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, by the Executive for Good Reason, or by the Executive upon the Company’s failure to renew the Agreement is contingent upon and subject to the Executive signing and delivering to the Company a separation agreement and complete general release of all claims in a form acceptable to Company, and allowing the applicable revocation period required by law to expire without revoking or causing revocation of same, within 30 days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

(f)   Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) The accumulation in any number of related or unrelated transactions by any person of beneficial ownership (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of 50 percent or more of the combined total voting power of the Company’s voting stock; provided that for purposes of this subsection (a), a Change in Control will not be deemed to have incurred if the accumulation of 50 percent or more of the voting power of the Company’s voting stock results from any acquisition of voting stock (i) by the Company, (ii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, or (iii) by any person pursuant to a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction (a “Business Combination”) that would not cause a Change in Control under subsection (ii) below; or

(ii) A consummation of a Business Combination, unless, immediately following that Business Combination, substantially all the persons who were the beneficial owners of the voting stock of the Company immediately prior to that Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least 50 percent of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the entity resulting from that Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of that transaction owns the Company, or all or substantially all of the Company assets, either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as the ownership, immediately prior to that Business Combination, of the voting stock of the Company;

(iii) A sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company except pursuant to a Business Combination that would not cause a Change in Control under subsection (ii) above;

(iv) At any time less than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or any entity resulting from any Business Combination are Incumbent Board Members.

 

9


(v) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except pursuant to a Business Combination that would not cause a Change in Control under subsection (ii) above; or

(vi) Any other transaction or event that the Board of Directors of the Company identifies as a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

(vii) For purposes of this Agreement, an “Incumbent Board Member” shall mean any individual who either is (a) a member of the Company Board of Directors as of the Effective Date or (b) a member who becomes a member of the Company’s Board of Directors subsequent to the Effective Date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the then Incumbent Board Members (either by specific vote or by approval of a proxy statement of the Company in which that person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to that nomination), but excluding, for that purpose, any individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14A-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual threatened solicitation or proxies or consents by or on behalf of the person other than a board of directors. For purposes of this Agreement, a person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trusts, unincorporated organization or any other entity of any kind.

 

  9. Business Protection Agreements .

(a)   Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “Business of the Company” means services to (A) identify clients’ erroneous or improper payments, (B) assist clients in the recovery of monies owed to them as a result of overpayments and overlooked discounts, rebates, allowances and credits, and (C) assist clients in the improvement and execution of their procurement and payment processes.

(ii) “Confidential Information” means any information about the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries and their employees, customers and/or suppliers which is not generally known outside of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, which Executive learns of in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, and which would be useful to competitors or the disclosure of which would be damaging to the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to: (A) business and employment policies, marketing methods and the targets of those methods, finances, business plans, promotional materials and price lists; (B) the terms upon which the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries obtains products from their suppliers and sells services and products to customers; (C) the nature, origin, composition and development of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries’ services and products; and (D) the manner in which the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries provide products and services to their customers.

 

10


(iii) “Material Contact” means contact in person, by telephone, or by paper or electronic correspondence in furtherance of the Business of the Company.

(iv) “Restricted Territory” means, and is limited to, the geographic area described in Exhibit A attached hereto. Executive acknowledges and agrees that this is the area in which the Company and its subsidiaries does business at the time of the execution of this Agreement, and in which the Executive will have responsibility, at a minimum, on behalf of the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries. Executive acknowledges and agrees that if the geographic area in which Executive has responsibility should change while employed under this Agreement, Executive will execute an amendment to the definition of “Restricted Territory” to reflect such change. This duty shall be part of the consideration provided by Executive for Executive’s employment hereunder.

(v) “Trade Secrets” means the trade secrets of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries as defined under applicable law.

(b)   Confidentiality . Executive agrees that the Executive will not (other than in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder), directly or indirectly, use, copy, disclose or otherwise distribute to any other person or entity: (a) any Confidential Information during the period of time the Executive is employed by the Company and for a period of five years thereafter; or (b) any Trade Secret at any time such information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or upon the earlier request of the Company), Executive shall promptly return to the Company all documents and items in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control which contain any Confidential Information or Trade Secrets.

(c)   Non-Competition . Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive will not, either for himself or on behalf of any other person or entity, compete with the Business of the Company within the Restricted Territory by performing activities which are the same as or similar to those performed by Executive for the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries.

(d)   Non-Solicitation of Customers . Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit any actual or prospective customers of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries with whom Executive had Material Contact, for the purpose of selling any products or services which compete with the Business of the Company

(e)   Non-Recruitment of Employees or Contractors . Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee or contractor of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries with whom Executive had Material Contact, to terminate or lessen such employment or contract.

(f)   Obligations of the Company . The Company agrees to provide Executive with Confidential Information in order to enable Executive to perform Executive’s duties hereunder. The covenants of Executive contained in the covenants of Confidentiality, Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation of Customers and Non-Recruitment of Employees or Contractors set forth in

 

11


Subsections 9(b) - 9(e) above (“Protective Covenants”) are made by Executive in consideration for the Company’s agreement to provide Confidential Information to Executive, and intended to protect Company’s Confidential Information and the investments the Company makes in training Executive and developing customer goodwill.

(g)   Acknowledgments . Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained in (b) through (e) of this Section 9 and Section 10 hereof are reasonable as to time, scope and territory given the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries’ need to protect their business, customer relationships, personnel, Trade Secrets and Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and represents that Executive has substantial experience and knowledge such that Executive can readily obtain subsequent employment which does not violate this Agreement.

(h)   Specific Performance . Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach of any of the Protective Covenants or the provisions of Section 10 by him will cause irreparable damage to the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, the exact amount of which will be difficult to determine, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that may be available at law, in equity, or hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief, without posting bond or other security, to enforce or prevent any violation of any of the Protective Covenants by him.

 

  10. Ownership of Work Product .

(a)   Assignment of Inventions . Executive will make full written disclosure to the Company, and hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assigns to the Company, or its designees, all of the Executive’s right, title, and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which the Executive may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time the Executive is engaged as an employee of the Company (collectively referred to as “Inventions”) and which (i) are developed using the equipment, supplies, facilities or Confidential Information or Trade Secrets of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, (ii) result from or are suggested by work performed by Executive for the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, or (iii) relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice to the business as conducted by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, or to the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, and Executive will and hereby does assign all of the Executive’s right, title and interest in such Inventions to the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries. Executive further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by him (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of the Executive’s employment arrangement with the Company and which are protectible by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act.

(b)   Patent and Copyright Registrations . Executive agrees to assist the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries, or their designees, at the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries’ expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property

 

12


rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company and its subsidiaries, and their successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. Executive further agree that the Executive’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in the Executive’s power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement.

(c)   Inventions Retained and Licensed . There are no inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by Executive prior to the Executive’s employment with the Company (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), which belong to Executive, which relate to the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ proposed business, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries hereunder.

(d)   Return of Company Property and Information . The Executive agrees not to remove any property of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries or information from the premises of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, except when authorized by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries. Executive agrees to return all such property and information within seven days following the cessation of Executive’s employment for any reason. Such property includes, but is not limited to, the original and any copy (regardless of the manner in which it is recorded) of all information provided by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries to the Executive or which the Executive has developed or collected in the scope of the Executive’s employment, as well as all issued equipment, supplies, accessories, vehicles, keys, instruments, tools, devices, computers, cell phones, materials, documents, plans, records, notebooks, drawings, or papers. Upon request by the Company, the Executive shall certify in writing that all copies of information subject to this Agreement located on the Executive’s computers or other electronic storage devices have been permanently deleted. Provided, however, the Executive may retain copies of documents relating to any employee benefit plans applicable to the Executive and income records to the extent necessary for the Executive to prepare the Executive’s individual tax returns.

11.   Mitigation . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment the Company becomes obligated to make to the Executive in connection with this Agreement, by seeking other employment or otherwise. Except as specifically provided above with respect to the health care continuation benefit, the amount of any payment provided for in Section 8 shall not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by reason of any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

12.   Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall withhold from any amounts or benefits payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city or other taxes that the Company is required to withhold under any applicable law, regulation or ruling.

13.   Modification and Severability . The terms of this Agreement shall be presumed to be enforceable, and any reading causing unenforceability shall yield to a construction permitting

 

13


enforcement. If any single covenant or provision in this Agreement shall be found unenforceable, it shall be severed and the remaining covenants and provisions enforced in accordance with the tenor of the Agreement. In the event a court should determine not to enforce a covenant as written due to overbreadth, the parties specifically agree that said covenant shall be enforced to the maximum extent reasonable, whether said revisions be in time, territory, scope of prohibited activities, or other respects.

14.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

15.   Remedies and Forum . The parties agree that they will not file any action arising out of this Agreement other than in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia or the State or Superior Courts of Cobb County, Georgia. Notwithstanding the pendency of any proceeding, either party shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a state or federal court located in Cobb County, Georgia upon a showing of irreparable injury. The parties consent to personal jurisdiction and venue solely within these forums and solely in Cobb County, Georgia and waive all otherwise possible objections thereto. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs and attorney’s fees from the non-prevailing party(ies) in any such proceeding no later than 90 days following the settlement or final resolution of any such proceeding. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, including any dispute relating to the termination of this Agreement, shall not constitute a defense to enforcement of said covenants by injunction.

16.   Notices . All written notices required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a nationally-recognized overnight delivery service to the parties at their addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement. Each party may, from time to time, designate a different address to which notices should be sent.

17.   Amendment . This Agreement may not be varied, altered, modified or in any way amended except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto or their legal representatives.

18.   Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding on the Executive and the Company and their respective successors and assigns effective on the Effective Date. Executive consents to any assignment of this Agreement by the Company, so long as the Company will require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. If the Executive dies before receiving all payments due under this Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided hereunder or in a separate plan, program, arrangement or agreement, any remaining payments due after the Executive’s death shall be made to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing (provided such writing is executed and dated by the Executive and delivered to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company prior to the Executive’s death) and surviving the Executive or, if none, to the Executive’s estate.

19.   No Construction Against Any Party . This Agreement is the product of informed negotiations between the Executive and the Company. If any part of this Agreement is deemed to

 

14


be unclear or ambiguous, it shall be construed as if it were drafted jointly by all parties. The Executive and the Company agree that none of the parties were in a superior bargaining position regarding the substantive terms of this Agreement.

20.   Deferred Compensation Omnibus Provision . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is intended that any payment or benefit which is provided pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement which is considered to be deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be provided and paid in a manner, and at such time, including without limitation payment and provision of benefits only in connection with the occurrence of a permissible payment event contained in Section 409A (e.g. separation from service from the Company and its affiliates as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code), and in such form, as complies with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for non-compliance. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s Compensation Committee or Board of Directors is authorized to amend this Agreement, to amend or void any election made by the Executive under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in such manner as may be determined by it to be necessary or appropriate to comply, or to evidence or further evidence required compliance, with Section 409A of the Code (including any transition or grandfather rules thereunder). For purposes of this Agreement, all rights to payments and benefits hereunder shall be treated as rights to receive a series of separate payments and benefits to the fullest extent allowed by Section 409A of the Code. If the Executive is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) and any of the Company’s stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, then payment of any amount or provision of any benefit under this Agreement which is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be deferred for six (6) months after termination of Executive’s employment or, if earlier, Executive’s death, as required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “409A Deferral Period”). In the event such payments are otherwise due to be made in installments or periodically during the 409A Deferral Period, the payments which would otherwise have been made in the 409A Deferral Period shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum as soon as the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the payments shall be made as otherwise scheduled. In the event benefits are required to be deferred, any such benefit may be provided during the 409A Deferral Period at the Executive’s expense, with the Executive having a right to reimbursement from the Company once the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the benefits shall be provided as otherwise scheduled. For purposes of this Agreement, termination of employment shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code where it is reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after such date or that the level of bona fide services Executive would perform after that date (whether as an employee or independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than 20 percent of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or, if lesser, Executive’s period of service).

21.   Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then, prior to the making of any Payment to Executive, a calculation shall be made comparing (i) the net benefit to Executive of the Payment after payment of the Excise Tax to (ii) the net benefit to

 

15


Executive if the Payment had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the amount calculated under (i) above is less than the amount calculated under (ii) above, then the Payment shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). In that event, cash payments shall be modified or reduced first and then any other benefits. The determination of whether an Excise Tax would be imposed, the amount of such Excise Tax, and the calculation of the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the foregoing sentence shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive, at the Company’s expense (the “Accounting Firm”), and the Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which Executive was entitled to, but did not receive pursuant to this Section 21, could have been made without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”). In such event, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

22.   Entire Agreement . Except as provided in the next sentence, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters addressed herein and it supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. It is further specifically agreed and acknowledged that, except as provided herein, the Executive shall not be entitled to severance payments or benefits under any severance or similar plan, program, arrangement or agreement of or with the Company for any termination of employment occurring while this Agreement is in effect.

[Signatures are on the following page.]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written herein.

 

PRGX GLOBAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Victor A. Allums
Its:   Senior Vice President and General Counsel
  600 Galleria Parkway
  Suite 100
  Atlanta, Georgia 30339
  Attn: General Counsel

 

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Catherine H. Lafiandra
Catherine H. Lafiandra
290 Robin Hood Road
Atlanta, GA 30309

 

17


EXHIBIT A

RESTRICTED TERRITORY

The Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA Metropolitan Statistical Area.

Exhibit 10.35

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 8, 2012 (the “Effective Date”) by and between PRGX Global, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), and Puneet Pamnani (the “Executive”). This Agreement supersedes, replaces and terminates any employment agreement or compensation arrangement previously entered into or agreed to by and among the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries and the Executive.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Company considers the availability of the Executive’s services to be important to the management and conduct of the Company’s business and desires to secure the availability of the Executive’s services; and

WHEREAS , the Executive is willing to make the Executive’s services available to the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and intending to be legally bound, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

  1. Employment and Duties .

(a)   Position . The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, as the Senior Vice President — Strategy, M&A and Portfolio Management of the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement. The Executive agrees to perform such duties and responsibilities as are customarily performed by persons acting in such capacity or as are assigned to Executive from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company or its designees. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that from time to time the Company may assign Executive additional positions with the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, with such title, duties and responsibilities as shall be determined by the Company. The Executive agrees to serve in any and all such positions without additional compensation. The Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(b)   Duties . The Executive shall devote the Executive’s best efforts and full professional time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries. During the Term, Executive shall not serve as a director or principal of any other company or charitable or civic organization without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company. The principal place(s) of employment of the Executive shall be the Company’s executive offices in Atlanta, Georgia subject to reasonable travel on the business of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries. The Executive shall be expected to follow and be bound by the terms of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and any other applicable policies as the Company from time to time may adopt.

2.   Term . This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date, and will continue through the first anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated or extended as hereinafter provided. This Agreement shall be extended for successive one-year periods following the original term (through each subsequent anniversary thereafter) unless any party notifies the other in writing at least 30 days prior to the end of the original term, or the end of any additional one-year renewal term, that the Agreement shall not be extended beyond its then current term. The term of this Agreement, including any renewal term, is referred to herein as the “Term.”


  3. Compensation .

(a)   Base Salary . The Company shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $223,650. The annual base salary shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (but no less frequently than monthly) subject to ordinary and lawful deductions. The Compensation Committee of the Company will review the Executive’s base salary from time to time to consider whether any increase should be made. The base salary during the Term will not be less than that in effect at any time during the Term.

(b)   Annual Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to participate in an annual incentive bonus plan that will establish measurable criteria and incentive compensation levels payable to the Executive for performance in relation to defined targets established by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, after consultation with management, and consistent with the Company’s business plans and objectives. To the extent the targeted performance levels are exceeded, the incentive bonus plan will provide a means by which the annual bonus will be increased. Similarly, the incentive plan will provide a means by which the annual bonus will be decreased or eliminated if the targeted performance levels are not achieved. In connection with such annual incentive bonus plan, subject to the corresponding performance levels being achieved, the Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus equal to 50 percent of the Executive’s annual base salary and an annual maximum bonus equal to 100 percent of the Executive’s annual base salary. Any bonus payments due hereunder shall be payable to the Executive no later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the applicable year to which the incentive bonus relates.

(c)   Stock Compensation . The Executive also shall be eligible to receive stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and/or other equity awards under the Company’s applicable equity plans on such basis as the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company or their designees, as the case may be, may determine on a basis not less favorable than that provided to the class of employees that includes the Executive. Except as specifically set forth above, however, nothing herein shall require the Company to make any equity grants or other awards to the Executive in any specific year.

4.   Indemnity. The Company and the Executive will enter into the Company’s standard indemnification agreement for executive officers.

 

  5. Benefits .

(a)   Benefit Programs . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any plans, programs or forms of compensation or benefits that the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries provide to the class of employees that includes the Executive, on a basis not less favorable than that provided to such class of employees, including, without limitation, group medical, disability and life insurance, paid time-off, and retirement plan, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, programs or forms of compensation or benefits.

 

2


(b)   Paid Time-Off . The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks of paid time-off, to be accrued and used in accordance with the normal Company paid time-off policy.

6 .   Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive, subject to presentation of adequate substantiation, including receipts, for the reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and other business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy in effect at the time such expenses are incurred. In no event will such reimbursements, if any, be made later than the last day of the year following the year in which the Executive incurs the expense.

 

  7. Termination of Employment .

(a)   Death or Incapacity . The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death. If the Company determines that the Incapacity, as hereinafter defined, of the Executive has occurred, it may terminate the Executive’s employment and this Agreement. “Incapacity” shall mean the inability of the Executive to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of 90 days in the aggregate in any rolling 180-day period.

(b)   Termination by Company For Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Term of this Agreement for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, the following:

(i) the Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties which the Board of Directors of the Company believes does or is likely to result in material harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(ii) the Executive’s misappropriation or embezzlement of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iii) the Executive’s fraud or dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iv) the Executive’s conviction of, indictment for (or its procedural equivalent), or entering of a guilty plea or plea of no contest with respect to any felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; or

(v) the Executive’s breach of a material term of this Agreement, or violation in any material respect of any code or standard of behavior generally applicable to officers of the Company (including, without, limitation the Company’s Code of Conduct, Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and any other applicable policies as the Company from time to time may adopt), after being advised in writing of such breach or violation and being given 30 days to remedy such breach or violation, to the extent that such breach or violation can be cured;

(vi) the Executive’s breach of fiduciary duties owed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

3


(vii) the Executive’s engagement in habitual insobriety or the use of illegal drugs or substances; or

(viii) the Executive’s willful failure to cooperate, or willful failure to cause and direct persons under the Executive’s management or direction, or employed by, or consultants or agents to, the Company or its subsidiaries to cooperate, with all corporate investigations or independent investigations by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries, all governmental investigations of the Company or its subsidiaries or orders involving the Executive, the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries entered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding the above, and without limitation, the Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive (i) a letter from the Board of Directors of the Company finding that the Executive has engaged in the conduct set forth in any of the preceding clauses and specifying the particulars thereof in detail and (ii) a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not officers of the Company at a meeting of the Board of Directors called and held for such purpose or such other appropriate written consent (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors of the Company), finding that the Executive has engaged in such conduct and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(c)   Termination by Executive for Good Reason . The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Executive’s consent, the following:

(i) any action taken by the Company which results in a material reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (except that any change in the foregoing that results solely from (A) the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded entity or from the Company becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of another publicly traded entity or (B) any change in the geographic scope of the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities will not, in any event and standing alone, constitute a substantial reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities), including any requirement that the Executive report directly to anyone other than the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

(ii) the assignment to the Executive of duties that are materially inconsistent with Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(iii) any material decrease in the Executive’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity or the benefits generally available to the class of employees that includes the Executive, except to the extent the Company has instituted a salary, bonus or benefits reduction generally applicable to all executives of the Company other than in contemplation of or after a Change in Control;

(iv) the relocation of the Executive to any primary place of employment other than as specified in Section 1(b) above which might require the Executive to move the Executive’s residence which, for this purpose, means any reassignment to a place of employment 50 miles or more from the place (or, if applicable, all places) of employment

 

4


set forth in Section 1(b), without the Executive’s express written consent to such relocation; provided, however, this subsection (iv) shall not apply in the case of business travel which requires the Executive to relocate temporarily for periods of 90 days or less;

(v) the failure by the Company to pay to the Executive any portion of the Executive’s base salary, annual bonus or other benefits within 10 days after the date the same is due; or

(vi) any material failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the above, and without limitation, “Good Reason” shall not include any resignation by the Executive where Cause for the Executive’s termination by the Company exists and the Company then follows the procedures described above. The Executive must give the Company notice of any event or condition that would constitute “Good Reason” within 30 days of the event or condition which would constitute “Good Reason,” and upon the receipt of such notice the Company shall have 30 days to remedy such event or condition. If such event or condition is not remedied within such 30-day period, any termination of employment by the Executive for “Good Reason” must occur within 30 days after the period for remedying such condition or event has expired.

(d)   Termination by Company Without Cause or by Executive Other than For Good Reason . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Term of this Agreement without Cause, and Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment for other than Good Reason, upon 30 days’ written notice. The Company may elect to pay the Executive during any applicable notice period (in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company, no less frequently than monthly) and remove him from active service.

(e)   Termination by Executive on Failure to Renew . The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time on or before the expiration of the Term of the Agreement, if the Company notifies the Executive that the Term of the Agreement shall not be extended as provided in Section 2 above.

 

  8. Obligations of the Company Upon Termination .

(a)   Without Cause; Good Reason; Non-Renewal (No Change in Control) . If, during the Term, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof, the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment for Good Reason in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment upon the Company’s failure to renew the Agreement in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof, other than within two years after a Change in Control, subject to Section 20 below, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) payment of the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (or, if greater, the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding any action by the Company described in Section 7(c)(iii) above for which the Executive has terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason), for the period equal to the greater of one year or the sum of four weeks for each full year of continuous service the Executive has with the Company and

 

5


its subsidiaries at the time of termination of employment, beginning immediately following termination of employment (the “Severance Period”), payable in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (but no less frequently than monthly), beginning on the first payroll date following 30 days after termination of employment, with the Executive to receive at that time a lump sum payment with respect to any installments the Executive was entitled to receive during the first 30 days following termination of employment, and the remaining payments made as if they had commenced immediately following termination of employment;

(ii) payment of an amount equal to the Executive’s actual earned full-year bonus for the year in which the termination of Executive’s employment occurs, prorated based on the number of days the Executive was employed for the year, payable at the time the Executive’s annual bonus for the year otherwise would be paid had the Executive continued employment;

(iii) continuation after the date of termination of employment of any health care (medical, dental and vision) plan coverage, other than that under a flexible spending account, provided to the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and dependents at the date of termination for the Severance Period, on a monthly or more frequent basis, on the same basis and at the same cost to the Executive as available to similarly-situated active employees during such Severance Period, provided that such continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs and provided that such continued coverage by the Company shall terminate in the event Executive becomes eligible for any such coverage under another employer’s plans. If the Company reasonably determines that maintaining such coverage for the Executive or the Executive’s spouse or dependents is not feasible under the terms and provisions of such plans and programs (or where such continuation would adversely affect the tax status of the plan pursuant to which the coverage is provided), the Company shall pay the Executive cash equal to the estimated cost of the expected Company contribution therefor for such same period of time, with such payments to be made in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) for the period during which such cash payments are to be provided;

(iv) payment of any Accrued Obligations. For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (A) the Executive’s annual base salary through Executive’s termination of employment which remains unpaid, (B) the amount, if any, of any incentive or bonus compensation earned for any completed fiscal year of the Company which has not yet been paid, (C) any reimbursements for expenses incurred but not yet paid, and (D) any benefits or other amounts, including both cash and stock components, which pursuant to the terms of any plans, policies or programs have been earned or become payable, but which have not yet been paid to the Executive, including payment for any unused paid time-off (but not including amounts that previously had been deferred at the Executive’s request, which amounts will be paid in accordance with the Executive’s existing directions). The Accrued Obligations will be paid to the Executive in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment, which for purposes of any incentive or bonus compensation described in (B) above shall mean at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid;

 

6


(v) vesting in full of the Executive’s outstanding unvested options, restricted stock and other equity-based awards that would have vested based solely on the continued employment of the Executive. Additionally, all of Executive’s outstanding stock options shall remain outstanding until the earlier of (i) one year after the date of termination of the Executive’s employment or (ii) the original expiration date of the options (disregarding any earlier expiration date provided for in any other agreement, including without limitation any related grant agreement, based solely on the termination of the Executive’s employment); and

(vi) payment of one year of outplacement services from Executrack or an outplacement service provider of the Executive’s choice, limited to $20,000 in total. This outplacement services benefit will be forfeited if the Executive does not begin using such services within 60 days after the termination of the Executive’s employment.

(b)   Without Cause; Good Reason; Non-Renewal (Change in Control) . If, during the Term, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause in accordance with Section 7(d) hereof, the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment for Good Reason in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment upon the Company’s failure to renew the Agreement in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof, within two years after a Change in Control, subject to Section 20 below, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) payment of the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (or, if greater, the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding any action by the Company described in Section 7(c)(iii) above for which the Executive has terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason), for the period equal to the greater of 18 months or the sum of four weeks for each full year of continuous service the Executive has with the Company and its subsidiaries at the time of termination of employment, beginning immediately following termination of employment (the “Change in Control Severance Period”), payable in accordance with the established payable practices of the Company (but no less frequently than monthly), beginning on the first payroll date following 30 days after termination of employment, with the Executive to receive at that time a lump sum payment with respect to any installments the Executive was entitled to receive during the first 30 days following termination of employment;

(ii) payment of an amount equal to the Executive’s actual earned full-year bonus for the year in which the termination of Executive’s employment occurs, prorated based on the number of days the Executive was employed for the year, payable at the time the Executive’s annual bonus for the year otherwise would be paid had the Executive continued employment;

(iii) continuation after the date of termination of employment of any health care (medical, dental and vision) plan coverage, other than that under a flexible spending account, provided to the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and dependents at the date of termination for the Change in Control Severance Period, on a monthly or more frequent basis, on the same basis and at the same cost to the Executive as available to similarly-situated active employees during such Change in Control Severance Period,

 

7


provided that such continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs and provided that such continued contribution by the Company shall terminate in the event Executive becomes eligible for any such coverage under another employer’s plans. If the Company reasonably determines that maintaining such coverage for the Executive or the Executive’s spouse or dependents is not feasible under the terms and provisions of such plans and programs (or where such continuation would adversely affect the tax status of the plan pursuant to which the coverage is provided), the Company shall pay the Executive cash equal to the estimated cost of the expected Company contribution therefor for such same period of time, with such payments to be made in accordance with the established payroll practices of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) for the period during which such cash payments are to be provided;

(iv) payment of any Accrued Obligations in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment, which for purposes of any incentive or bonus compensation described in Section 8(a)(iv)(B) above shall mean at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid;

(v) vesting in full of the Executive’s outstanding unvested options, restricted stock and other equity-based awards that would have vested based solely on the continued employment of the Executive. Additionally, all of the Executive’s outstanding stock options shall remain outstanding until the earlier of (i) one year after the date of termination of the Executive’s employment or (ii) the original expiration date of the options (disregarding any earlier expiration date provided for in any other agreement, including without limitation any related grant agreement, based solely on the termination of the Executive’s employment); and

(vi) payment of one year of outplacement services from Executrack or an outplacement service provider of the Executive’s choice, limited to $20,000 in total. This outplacement services benefit will be forfeited if the Executive does not begin using such services within 60 days after the termination of the Executive’s employment.

(c)   Death or Incapacity . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Incapacity in accordance with Section 7(a) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(i) payment of an amount equal to the actual full-year bonus earned for the year that includes Executive’s death or Incapacity, prorated based on the number of days the Executive is employed for the year, payable at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid had the Executive continued employment; and

(ii) payment of any Accrued Obligations in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment, which for purposes of any incentive or bonus compensation described in Section 8(a)(iv)(B) above shall mean at the same time such annual bonus would otherwise have been paid.

(d)   Cause; Other Than for Good Reason . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause in accordance with Section 7(b) hereof, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Good Reason in accordance with Section 7(d)

 

8


hereof, this Agreement shall terminate without any further obligation to the Executive other than to pay the Accrued Obligations (except that any incentive or bonus compensation earned for any completed fiscal year of the Company which has not yet been paid shall not be paid if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause in accordance with Section 7(b) hereof) as soon as administratively feasible after the Executive’s termination of employment.

(e)   Release and Waiver . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive’s right to receive any payments or benefits under Sections 8(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (v) and (vi) and 8(b)(i), (ii), (iii), (v) and (vi) of this Agreement upon the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, by the Executive for Good Reason, or by the Executive upon the Company’s failure to renew the Agreement is contingent upon and subject to the Executive signing and delivering to the Company a separation agreement and complete general release of all claims in a form acceptable to Company, and allowing the applicable revocation period required by law to expire without revoking or causing revocation of same, within 30 days following the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

(f)   Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) The accumulation in any number of related or unrelated transactions by any person of beneficial ownership (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of 50 percent or more of the combined total voting power of the Company’s voting stock; provided that for purposes of this subsection (a), a Change in Control will not be deemed to have incurred if the accumulation of 50 percent or more of the voting power of the Company’s voting stock results from any acquisition of voting stock (i) by the Company, (ii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, or (iii) by any person pursuant to a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction (a “Business Combination”) that would not cause a Change in Control under subsection (ii) below; or

(ii) A consummation of a Business Combination, unless, immediately following that Business Combination, substantially all the persons who were the beneficial owners of the voting stock of the Company immediately prior to that Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least 50 percent of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the entity resulting from that Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of that transaction owns the Company, or all or substantially all of the Company assets, either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as the ownership, immediately prior to that Business Combination, of the voting stock of the Company;

(iii) A sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company except pursuant to a Business Combination that would not cause a Change in Control under subsection (ii) above;

(iv) At any time less than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or any entity resulting from any Business Combination are Incumbent Board Members.

 

9


(v) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except pursuant to a Business Combination that would not cause a Change in Control under subsection (ii) above; or

(vi) Any other transaction or event that the Board of Directors of the Company identifies as a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

(vii) For purposes of this Agreement, an “Incumbent Board Member” shall mean any individual who either is (a) a member of the Company Board of Directors as of the Effective Date or (b) a member who becomes a member of the Company’s Board of Directors subsequent to the Effective Date of this Agreement, whose election or nomination by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the then Incumbent Board Members (either by specific vote or by approval of a proxy statement of the Company in which that person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to that nomination), but excluding, for that purpose, any individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14A-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual threatened solicitation or proxies or consents by or on behalf of the person other than a board of directors. For purposes of this Agreement, a person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trusts, unincorporated organization or any other entity of any kind.

 

  9. Business Protection Agreements .

(a)   Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “Business of the Company” means services to (A) identify clients’ erroneous or improper payments, (B) assist clients in the recovery of monies owed to them as a result of overpayments and overlooked discounts, rebates, allowances and credits, and (C) assist clients in the improvement and execution of their procurement and payment processes.

(ii) “Confidential Information” means any information about the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries and their employees, customers and/or suppliers which is not generally known outside of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, which Executive learns of in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, and which would be useful to competitors or the disclosure of which would be damaging to the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to: (A) business and employment policies, marketing methods and the targets of those methods, finances, business plans, promotional materials and price lists; (B) the terms upon which the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries obtains products from their suppliers and sells services and products to customers; (C) the nature, origin, composition and development of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries’ services and products; and (D) the manner in which the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries provide products and services to their customers.

 

10


(iii) “Material Contact” means contact in person, by telephone, or by paper or electronic correspondence in furtherance of the Business of the Company.

(iv) “Restricted Territory” means, and is limited to, the geographic area described in Exhibit A attached hereto. Executive acknowledges and agrees that this is the area in which the Company and its subsidiaries does business at the time of the execution of this Agreement, and in which the Executive will have responsibility, at a minimum, on behalf of the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries. Executive acknowledges and agrees that if the geographic area in which Executive has responsibility should change while employed under this Agreement, Executive will execute an amendment to the definition of “Restricted Territory” to reflect such change. This duty shall be part of the consideration provided by Executive for Executive’s employment hereunder.

(v) “Trade Secrets” means the trade secrets of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries as defined under applicable law.

(b)   Confidentiality . Executive agrees that the Executive will not (other than in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder), directly or indirectly, use, copy, disclose or otherwise distribute to any other person or entity: (a) any Confidential Information during the period of time the Executive is employed by the Company and for a period of five years thereafter; or (b) any Trade Secret at any time such information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or upon the earlier request of the Company), Executive shall promptly return to the Company all documents and items in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control which contain any Confidential Information or Trade Secrets.

(c)   Non-Competition . Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive will not, either for himself or on behalf of any other person or entity, compete with the Business of the Company within the Restricted Territory by performing activities which are the same as or similar to those performed by Executive for the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries.

(d)   Non-Solicitation of Customers . Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit any actual or prospective customers of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries with whom Executive had Material Contact, for the purpose of selling any products or services which compete with the Business of the Company

(e)   Non-Recruitment of Employees or Contractors . Executive agrees that during the Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee or contractor of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries with whom Executive had Material Contact, to terminate or lessen such employment or contract.

(f)   Obligations of the Company . The Company agrees to provide Executive with Confidential Information in order to enable Executive to perform Executive’s duties hereunder. The covenants of Executive contained in the covenants of Confidentiality, Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation of Customers and Non-Recruitment of Employees or Contractors set forth in

 

11


Subsections 9(b)—9(e) above (“Protective Covenants”) are made by Executive in consideration for the Company’s agreement to provide Confidential Information to Executive, and intended to protect Company’s Confidential Information and the investments the Company makes in training Executive and developing customer goodwill.

(g)   Acknowledgments . Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained in (b) through (e) of this Section 9 and Section 10 hereof are reasonable as to time, scope and territory given the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries’ need to protect their business, customer relationships, personnel, Trade Secrets and Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and represents that Executive has substantial experience and knowledge such that Executive can readily obtain subsequent employment which does not violate this Agreement.

(h)   Specific Performance . Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach of any of the Protective Covenants or the provisions of Section 10 by him will cause irreparable damage to the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, the exact amount of which will be difficult to determine, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, in addition to any other remedy that may be available at law, in equity, or hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief, without posting bond or other security, to enforce or prevent any violation of any of the Protective Covenants by him.

 

  10. Ownership of Work Product .

(a)   Assignment of Inventions . Executive will make full written disclosure to the Company, and hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assigns to the Company, or its designees, all of the Executive’s right, title, and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which the Executive may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time the Executive is engaged as an employee of the Company (collectively referred to as “Inventions”) and which (i) are developed using the equipment, supplies, facilities or Confidential Information or Trade Secrets of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, (ii) result from or are suggested by work performed by Executive for the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, or (iii) relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice to the business as conducted by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, or to the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, and Executive will and hereby does assign all of the Executive’s right, title and interest in such Inventions to the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries. Executive further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by him (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of the Executive’s employment arrangement with the Company and which are protectible by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act.

(b)   Patent and Copyright Registrations . Executive agrees to assist the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries, or their designees, at the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries’ expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property

 

12


rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company and its subsidiaries, and their successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. Executive further agree that the Executive’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in the Executive’s power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement.

(c)   Inventions Retained and Licensed . There are no inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by Executive prior to the Executive’s employment with the Company (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), which belong to Executive, which relate to the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ proposed business, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries hereunder.

(d)   Return of Company Property and Information . The Executive agrees not to remove any property of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries or information from the premises of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, except when authorized by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries. Executive agrees to return all such property and information within seven days following the cessation of Executive’s employment for any reason. Such property includes, but is not limited to, the original and any copy (regardless of the manner in which it is recorded) of all information provided by the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries to the Executive or which the Executive has developed or collected in the scope of the Executive’s employment, as well as all issued equipment, supplies, accessories, vehicles, keys, instruments, tools, devices, computers, cell phones, materials, documents, plans, records, notebooks, drawings, or papers. Upon request by the Company, the Executive shall certify in writing that all copies of information subject to this Agreement located on the Executive’s computers or other electronic storage devices have been permanently deleted. Provided, however, the Executive may retain copies of documents relating to any employee benefit plans applicable to the Executive and income records to the extent necessary for the Executive to prepare the Executive’s individual tax returns.

11.   Mitigation . The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment the Company becomes obligated to make to the Executive in connection with this Agreement, by seeking other employment or otherwise. Except as specifically provided above with respect to the health care continuation benefit, the amount of any payment provided for in Section 8 shall not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by reason of any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

12.   Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall withhold from any amounts or benefits payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city or other taxes that the Company is required to withhold under any applicable law, regulation or ruling.

13.   Modification and Severability . The terms of this Agreement shall be presumed to be enforceable, and any reading causing unenforceability shall yield to a construction permitting

 

13


enforcement. If any single covenant or provision in this Agreement shall be found unenforceable, it shall be severed and the remaining covenants and provisions enforced in accordance with the tenor of the Agreement. In the event a court should determine not to enforce a covenant as written due to overbreadth, the parties specifically agree that said covenant shall be enforced to the maximum extent reasonable, whether said revisions be in time, territory, scope of prohibited activities, or other respects.

14.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

15.   Remedies and Forum . The parties agree that they will not file any action arising out of this Agreement other than in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia or the State or Superior Courts of Cobb County, Georgia. Notwithstanding the pendency of any proceeding, either party shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a state or federal court located in Cobb County, Georgia upon a showing of irreparable injury. The parties consent to personal jurisdiction and venue solely within these forums and solely in Cobb County, Georgia and waive all otherwise possible objections thereto. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs and attorney’s fees from the non-prevailing party(ies) in any such proceeding no later than 90 days following the settlement or final resolution of any such proceeding. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, including any dispute relating to the termination of this Agreement, shall not constitute a defense to enforcement of said covenants by injunction.

16.   Notices . All written notices required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a nationally-recognized overnight delivery service to the parties at their addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement. Each party may, from time to time, designate a different address to which notices should be sent.

17.   Amendment . This Agreement may not be varied, altered, modified or in any way amended except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto or their legal representatives.

18.   Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding on the Executive and the Company and their respective successors and assigns effective on the Effective Date. Executive consents to any assignment of this Agreement by the Company, so long as the Company will require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. If the Executive dies before receiving all payments due under this Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided hereunder or in a separate plan, program, arrangement or agreement, any remaining payments due after the Executive’s death shall be made to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing (provided such writing is executed and dated by the Executive and delivered to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company prior to the Executive’s death) and surviving the Executive or, if none, to the Executive’s estate.

19.   No Construction Against Any Party . This Agreement is the product of informed negotiations between the Executive and the Company. If any part of this Agreement is deemed to

 

14


be unclear or ambiguous, it shall be construed as if it were drafted jointly by all parties. The Executive and the Company agree that none of the parties were in a superior bargaining position regarding the substantive terms of this Agreement.

20.   Deferred Compensation Omnibus Provision . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is intended that any payment or benefit which is provided pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement which is considered to be deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be provided and paid in a manner, and at such time, including without limitation payment and provision of benefits only in connection with the occurrence of a permissible payment event contained in Section 409A (e.g. separation from service from the Company and its affiliates as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code), and in such form, as complies with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for non-compliance. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s Compensation Committee or Board of Directors is authorized to amend this Agreement, to amend or void any election made by the Executive under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in such manner as may be determined by it to be necessary or appropriate to comply, or to evidence or further evidence required compliance, with Section 409A of the Code (including any transition or grandfather rules thereunder). For purposes of this Agreement, all rights to payments and benefits hereunder shall be treated as rights to receive a series of separate payments and benefits to the fullest extent allowed by Section 409A of the Code. If the Executive is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) and any of the Company’s stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, then payment of any amount or provision of any benefit under this Agreement which is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be deferred for six (6) months after termination of Executive’s employment or, if earlier, Executive’s death, as required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “409A Deferral Period”). In the event such payments are otherwise due to be made in installments or periodically during the 409A Deferral Period, the payments which would otherwise have been made in the 409A Deferral Period shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum as soon as the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the payments shall be made as otherwise scheduled. In the event benefits are required to be deferred, any such benefit may be provided during the 409A Deferral Period at the Executive’s expense, with the Executive having a right to reimbursement from the Company once the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the benefits shall be provided as otherwise scheduled. For purposes of this Agreement, termination of employment shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code where it is reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after such date or that the level of bona fide services Executive would perform after that date (whether as an employee or independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than 20 percent of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or, if lesser, Executive’s period of service).

21.   Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then, prior to the making of any Payment to Executive, a calculation shall be made comparing (i) the net benefit to Executive of the Payment after payment of the Excise Tax to (ii) the net benefit to

 

15


Executive if the Payment had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the amount calculated under (i) above is less than the amount calculated under (ii) above, then the Payment shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). In that event, cash payments shall be modified or reduced first and then any other benefits. The determination of whether an Excise Tax would be imposed, the amount of such Excise Tax, and the calculation of the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of the foregoing sentence shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive, at the Company’s expense (the “Accounting Firm”), and the Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which Executive was entitled to, but did not receive pursuant to this Section 21, could have been made without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”). In such event, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

22.   Entire Agreement . Except as provided in the next sentence, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters addressed herein and it supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. It is further specifically agreed and acknowledged that, except as provided herein, the Executive shall not be entitled to severance payments or benefits under any severance or similar plan, program, arrangement or agreement of or with the Company for any termination of employment occurring while this Agreement is in effect.

[Signatures are on the following page.]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written herein.

 

PRGX GLOBAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Victor A. Allums
Its:   Senior Vice President and General Counsel
  600 Galleria Parkway
  Suite 100
  Atlanta, Georgia 30339
  Attn: General Counsel

 

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Puneet Pamnani
Puneet Pamnani
860 Peachtree Street, #1217
Atlanta, Georgia 30308

 

17


EXHIBIT A

RESTRICTED TERRITORY

The Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA Metropolitan Statistical Area.

 

18

EXHIBIT 21.1

PRGX GLOBAL, INC.

SUBSIDIARIES

As of December 31, 2011

 

Company    Jurisdiction of Organization

PRGX USA, Inc.

  

Georgia

PRGX Asia, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Australia, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Belgium, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Canada, LLC

   Georgia

PRGX Commercial, LLC

   Georgia

PRGX Costa Rica, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX New Zealand, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Netherlands, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Mexico, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX France, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Germany, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Acquisition, Corp.

   Georgia

PRGX Switzerland, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Italy, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Spain, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Portugal, Inc.

   Georgia

PRG International, Inc.

   Georgia

PRG USA, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Scandinavia, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Holdings, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Puerto Rico, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Chile, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Europe, Inc.

   Georgia

PRGX Brasil, LLC

   Georgia

PRGX India Private Limited

   India

PRGX Holdings Mexico, S de RL de CV

   Mexico

PRGX Servicios Mexico S de RL de CV

   Mexico

PRGX de Mexico S de RL de CV

   Mexico

PRGX Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

Profit Recovery Brasil Ltda.

   Brazil

PRG-Schultz International PTE LTD

   Singapore

PRG-Schultz Suzhou' Co Ltd.

   China

PRG-Schultz CR s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

PRGFS, Inc.

   Delaware

PRGX Texas, Inc.

   Texas

Meridian Corporation Limited

   Jersey (Channel Islands)

PRGX UK Holdings Ltd

   United Kingdom

PRG-Schultz Ireland LTD

   Ireland

PRGX UK Ltd

   United Kingdom


Etesius Limited

   United Kingdom

PRGX Canada Corp.

   Canada

PRG-Schultz Deutschland GmbH

   Germany

PRGX Nederland B.V.

   Netherlands

PRG-Schultz Colombia Ltda.

   Columbia

PRG-Schultz Svenska AB

   Sweden

PRG-Schultz Venezuela S. R. L.

   Venezuela

PRG-Schultz Polska Sp. z o.o

   Poland

Howard Schultz & Associates (Asia) Limited

   Hong Kong

HS&A International PTE LTD

   Singapore

PRG-Schultz (Thailand) Limited

   Thailand

Howard Schultz de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico

PRGDS, LLC

   Georgia

PRGTS, LLC

   Georgia

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PRGX Global, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (File No. 333-134698 and No. 333-171986) and Form S-8 (File No. 333-153837, No. 333-64125, No. 333-08707, No. 333-30885, No. 333-61578, No. 333-81168, No. 333-100817, No. 333-137438 and No. 333-170809) of PRGX Global, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated March 14, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of PRGX Global, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 14, 2012

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Romil Bahl, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of PRGX Global, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; and

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 14, 2012     By:   /s/ Romil Bahl
      Romil Bahl
     

President, Chief Executive Officer,

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Robert B. Lee, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of PRGX Global, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; and

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 14, 2012     By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
      Robert B. Lee
     

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of PRGX Global, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Romil Bahl, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, Robert B. Lee, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of the undersigned’s knowledge: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

March 14, 2012     By:   /s/ Romil Bahl
      Romil Bahl
     

President, Chief Executive Officer,

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 14, 2012     By:   /s/ Robert B. Lee
      Robert B. Lee
     

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)